Tumgik
#you know what? he dyed his hair in college :'))))) my house my rules
diwns · 2 months
Text
Tumblr media Tumblr media
i owe college kian a hair dye experience >:[
153 notes · View notes
httpjungkookcom · 2 years
Text
Man Eater Hunting | JJK (m)
Tumblr media
Pairing | Jungkook x Reader
Word Count | 46K (It’s a long one.)
Genre | Idol! Jungkook x "Man Eater”! Reader, Hella Smut 
Summary | Namjoon’s never very aware of what he says when he’s drunk, and this time is no exception to that rule. Unknowingly, Joon creates a chain of events that lead to his youngest member actively chasing his best friend. All under the pretense that you’re an untouchable, unpleasable, man eater. 
Index | sexual content, dirty talking, Jungkook also gets praised a lot so kind of praise kink (?), fingering (both male and female receiving, oops), oral (both male and female receiving), unprotected sex, sub! Jk for the majority, soft dom! Jk at the end, overstimulation, hair pulling, jungkook is so shy and flustered around reader, big schlong jk, jungkook pinning like never before
A/N | They fuck A LOT. Also based off my previous post: Popular Jungkook who is just DYING to get into the readers pants. But she knows this and can obviously tell, so she makes it her absolute mission to tease him to hell and back...… … and does his absolute best to make her cum until her legs give out. 
Tumblr media
Parties were never really your thing, in high school, in college, and even into adulthood, they’ve never been very appealing to you. The loud, head splitting music, mixed with human bodies dancing and slamming into each other, and lastly the stale smell of sweat and spilt drinks is enough to make your mind reel. Namjoon, as much as you love him, is lucky that you’ve even shown up. Granted, he did tell you it would be “A small get together with my members and a few friends.” As the house continues to fill with bodies, you now realize that he’s used his intelligence to trick you into coming.
There's happy birthday signs strung up above the door frames, balloons tied to table centerpieces, and shiny streamers littered all over the house. Namjoon himself is wearing a crown (that you bought him as a joke), and a sash that reads an obnoxiously immature BIRTHDAY BOY!!! that came with the crown. Admittedly, despite it being his birthday, he does look a bit ridiculous as he welcomes guests in. 
From the couch, you watch and laugh at some of the guests' reactions to Namjoon’s outfit. Some aren’t surprised in the slightest, giving him a warm embrace before immediately making their way inside. Most people head for the kitchen, making themselves some sort of alcoholic drink before socializing. However, other’s are clearly taken back by his outfit, wide eyes beginning to question his choices. You can hear a faint, “How much money did it take to convince you to wear this?” from the door, causing you to smile. Namjoon answers with a heartwarming, “Y/N bought it for me.” This makes you smile even harder, watching your best friend since freshman year in college. 
Eventually, everyone is filtered in and mingling, finally giving Joon a break from his hosting job. Namjoon is holding your hands, dragging you up from the couch before you even have a chance to argue with him. “Jungkook is here, you gotta meet him!” Namjoon yells over the music, dragging you to the youngest member you’ve yet to have the privilege to meet. Every time you’ve visited Joon, Jungkook was always scheduled to do something else. You’ve never really thought much of it, assuming that you’d meet whenever you got the chance to. 
“Namjoon-Hyung!” Is yelled over the music, causing both you and Joon to spin around almost immediately. You can see the smile on Namjoon’s face even in the dark, Joon dragging you by the hand over to the voice. While you did hear it, you’re unsure of who it was as the mass of bodies collided with one another. 
“Jungkook! I was just coming to look for you. I want to introduce you to my friend from college, we’ve been good friends for years now. Jungkook, this is Y/N, Y/N, this is Jungkook, the youngest member of our group.” Namjoon quickly introduces you, a bright smile adorning his face throughout the entire interaction. “Y/N’s met everyone but you, Kook. You’re always so busy whenever she comes around.”
“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Jungkook.” You smile, bowing slightly to him. He quickly returns the gesture, bowing lower than you. 
“The pleasure is all mine, believe me. Namjoon-Hyung has told me so much about you over the years. You’re almost like a celebrity within our group.” Jungkook chuckles, earning a small elbow to the ribs from Namjoon, which he ignores. Before you can even fully register, Namjoon is being whisked away by another party guest. You and Jungkook are left standing awkwardly in the middle of the room, sharing glances but neither of you know what to really say. 
“It was really nice meeting you, I'll definitely see you around Kook.” You smile, giving him a small bow once more before making your way back to your comfort couch. Much to your surprise, Jungkook is following you back, taking a seat next to you. As you get comfortable on one side, you raise an eyebrow as he occupies the other cushion. “Kook? What’s up?” You question a small smirk playing on your face. From the way he’s sitting, you already can see what he wants. He’s leaning back, legs spread a considerable amount, one arm is the back on the couch, hand just barely behind your shoulder blades. His other hand rests on the arm rest next to him, holding his drink. 
He leans into you, “I’ve heard a lot about you, you know?” He says, his voice smooth and soft in your ears. You can almost hear the flirt in his voice. 
“Yeah? All bad things I hope.” You answer back, almost allowing your lips to graze his ear. At this, you can see him readjust his hips to face you a bit more. At the move, his arm is now closer to fully encompassing your body. 
“I can definitely say I’m not disappointed.” Kook answers back, “You’re very pretty, Y/N.” 
“You’re very attractive too, bun.” You mumble, allowing your lips to graze his ear. You can almost see him melt, hips now continuously readjusting as you place a hand on his closest knee. Spotting Taehyung across the room, you smile slightly. “Your band members are looking at you.” You giggle, nodding over to them. Jungkook slightly untangles himself from your pretzel, looking across the room to them. Taehyung is staring at Jungkook, eyes slightly wide. You can see Jimin standing by Tae, but you’re honestly not sure if he’s paying you any mind. “Was this your plan for tonight?”
Jungkook snaps his head back over to you, quick to open his mouth to refute the situation. He calms slightly as you smirk at him, hand just sliding up the slightest onto his thigh. “I think they’re just surprised you’re here, don’t pay any attention to them.” With a smirk spread across his face, he places a small kiss onto your jaw. A small hum is enough to spur him on, another kiss being placed lower onto your neck. 
“Meet me in the upstairs bathroom.” You whisper to him, glancing across the room one last time. Tae is still stealing glances, likely doing his best to see how Jungkook’s flirting is progressing. At the eye contact, his attention is quickly diverted to the floor. Jungkook almost jumps out of his skin, eyes blown wide at your suggestion. You offer a question. “Did I misread, bun? Is that not what you wanted?” 
“No, no it’s great. I’ll meet you there, you go first.” Jungkook answers, sitting back on the couch to allow you to get up. You do, making your way past Tae and towards the stairs. It’s almost 5 minutes before the door is opened again, Jungkook slowly stepping into the room. For a minute, you truly didn’t think that he would come and meet you in the bathroom. Unknown to you, Jungkook just whisper-yelled to Taehyung for approximately four and a half minutes before hauling ass to the bathroom. 
“I thought you said she was hard to bag!! She told me to meet her in the bathroom!” Jungkook answers, eyes wide as he stares at Taehyung. 
“Well, I don’t know! That’s just what I’ve heard. Maybe she likes you!” Tae answers, looking up at the stairs to ensure you’re not lingering. 
“Well what do I do?”
“Kiss her? Give her head? She gives you head?” Taehyung is throwing out any ideas from his brain, wondering just how Jungkook got himself into this situation. 
Taehyung heard once, from a very drunk Namjoon, that you were impossible to please. A ‘man eater, but without multiple partners’ as Joon drunkenly babbled. Thinking it was funny, Tae told this to Jungkook (who was then determined to prove Tae wrong.) Truthfully, Jungkook wasn’t really expecting you to offer a trip to the bathroom. After being introduced to you, Jungkook was expecting you to shut his attempts down immediately. You’re much prettier than he imagined, your looks and sweet personality going straight to his head. 
“So how do I woo her over?”
“Dude, she’s going to eat you alive.” Tae mumbles, pushing him up the stairs. At the shove, Jungkook slightly trips up the stairs as the toe of his boot hit’s the edge. It’s like sending your son off to war, knowing there’s a very real possibility of him being eaten alive. Glancing over to Jimin, Jimin can only giggle. 
“Didn’t think you were going to show for a second there.” You giggle, gently grabbing his collar and pulling him closer to your body. “Thought you were going to stand me up.” You smile, placing a hot kiss on his neck. Immediately, he’s putty in your hands as a small whimper falls past his lips. “What held you back, talking to Tae?” You ask, placing more kisses to his neck and jaw. He easily follows your lead, shuffling over to the closed toilet before sitting down. You follow, straddling his thighs and easily sitting on his lap. 
“How? …No.” Jungkook mumbles, “Nothing like that.” 
“Hm, is that so?” You smile, pressing your body closer to his. You easily tangle your hands in his hair, tugging slightly. Finally, your lips brush across his, the slightest touch making Jungkook keen. Eventually, you give in despite your better judgment, smashing your lips onto his. 
Easily, he kisses you back as if you’ve rehearsed it before. Each movement is precise, lips molding into one another's. You can taste the faint alcohol on his lips from his drink, a mix of strawberry and some other flavor. One of his hands holds your waist, the other resting on the curve of your ass as he pulls you closer to his chest. Without realizing, you're slowly grinding your hips into his. Each tug on his hair, each bite on his lips earns you a small whine.
“My whiny, needy baby.” You hum, earning another whimper from Jungkook. The tent underneath you is undeniable, Jungkook’s jeans clearly constricting him. “My sweet boy, sweet bun.” You hum, allowing your hands to slip underneath his shirt. Slowly, you rake your hands along his torso, feeling every inch of skin you can reach. “But, I’m not that easy Kook. Not sure what Tae told you, but I don’t sleep with every guy that gives me the slightest bit of attention.”
Jungkook’s eyes suddenly widened for the second time of the night, “No, no Tae didn’t say that. Nothing like that, I swear.”
“What did he say?” You hum, placing kisses along his neck. You listen to him scramble to explain what the situation is, obviously distracted as his hips begin to buck slightly against you. “Tell me what secret you’re passing around about me.”
Jungkook swallows hard before speaking, “We, uhm, we don’t think you sleep with everyone. W-we’d never think that of you. It’s the opposite actually…man eater.”
“Man eater?” You ask again, pulling a nod from him. You honestly have to fight that laugh that threatens to escape your throat. “You might get lucky next time, bun.” You smile, “Today though, I’m afraid you and Tae’s little scheme used up all your luck.”
“Wait-” You speak before he has the chance to continue his defense.
“I’ll see you next time, Kook.” You smirk, placing a small kiss onto the corner of his mouth before leaving the bathroom. Walking downstairs, you avoid Tae’s glance with a burning vigor. Your head is held low as you scurry past him and Jimin, darting as fast as possible into the kitchen. Quickly scanning the room, you find Namjoon by the sink pouring shots out. With a chorus of groans and complaints from his friends, you pull him aside. His eyes are slightly wide as he stares back at you, both concerned and confused. 
“Long story short, Jungkook hit on me but I could tell something was up with him and Tae. So I made out with him in the bathroom and left him with a boner because apparently Tae and him think I'm a man eater. And now, I'm trying to figure out who told them I'm a so-called man eater. Hm, Kim?” He’s a bit tipsy, and isn’t exactly processing your entire question. Namjoon’s eyes are wide as he stares back at you. 
“You made out…with Jungkook?” He points an accusatory finger at you.
“Yes, I just said that.”
“And he liked it? He got a boner?? He likes you then!”
“Yes, maybe? I don't know. Listen,” You’re a bit shocked at the lack of understanding, so you reiterate. “Namjoon, did you tell them I'm a man eater?”
“Sober? No.” Namjoon states, pausing to think. “Drunk… maybe.” Maybe? What does he mean by maybe?
“Namjoon…”
“What? You know how I am when I’m drunk, I like to share my infinite knowledge with my friends.” He laughs at himself, half expecting you to laugh with him. Instead, you stare at him with a sense of disbelief. “Okay, fine. I think it was new year and it was only me, Tae and Yoongi I think. And I was kinda drunk, and I was telling them some college story about us. I think when we lived in that shitty apartment together, where you could hear through the walls? And it kinda smelt like paint all the time?” He explains, beginning to get off topic. One glance at you and he quickly returns to the issue at hand, “And I think I just blurted it out without realizing. And then threw up in the bathroom.”
“New years? Joon, that was so long ago!” You whine, fake strangling him as he laughs at you. Even if you really tried, you don’t think you could be actually angry at him. You’ve known him for so long now that you’re well aware that he genuinely didn’t  mean any harm, and sometimes he just gets ahead of himself. “Okay, I'm running out of here before Jungkook has a chance to catch me again. Since it’s your birthday, I won't kill you yet. Happy birthday, Joon. I love you, I'll see you later.” You wrap him in a quick hug before pulling back, gently fixing his tilted crown, and then effectively booking it out of there. You assume Jungkook would be by Tae, so you avoid the stairs as you exit the house. Driving home, you try to convince yourself that it could be worse. 
Tae easily grabs Jungkook as he sprints down the stairs, catching his elbow before he has the chance to scurry after you. “Kook? What happened? You get her?” Taehyung has the biggest boxy smile spread across his face, a hint of disbelief in his eyes. So much for you being a so-called man eater by Joon. 
“What? No. Not even close.” Jungkook mumbles, hands coming in front of him. 
Tae continues to hold his elbow, noticing the shift. Glancing down, Tae see’s Jungkook clearly trying to cover his crotch with folded hands. Jimin also notices the folded hands, mixed with the slightly embarrassed expression written all over his face. “Are you serious right now?” Tae asks, faking a gag as he rips his hand away. A small laugh comes from Jimin, furthering Kook’s embarrassment. “So what happened?”
“She sat me down on the toilet, made out with me, and then asked me to tell her what me and you were up to.” Jungkook mumbles, “and pulled my hair and called me her whiny needy baby.”
“That’s hot.” Jimin inputs his two cents, the three men all nodding slightly in agreement. 
“So what now? Did you get her number, maybe she’s just not the hookup in a bathroom type.” Tae asks, smacking Jungkook's arm with a smile. 
“All she said is she’ll see me next time, so that’s  good I guess?” Jungkook groans, “Tae, she’s hot. Like really, really hot.” 
As the next couple of weeks progress, Jungkook thinks that he’s never going to see you again. Purposely, he’s been going to group hangouts just on the off chance you come to one of them. The members notice this right away, teasing him out of a confession. Admittedly, the confession still doesn't stop the teasing. Jimin and Tae act as Kook’s wing men from then on, both slightly shocked that his liking to you wasn’t just a one time thing. When Jungkook mumbled, I think I kinda maybe like Y/N, Jimin and Tae shared a glance that could have conveyed 1000 words.  
To save him the embarrassment, the two of them take turns going to group events just on the off chance that you show. Jokingly, they made a 3 way pinky promise to text the group chat the second they catch sight of you. The group chat, consisting of the three of them, is called Mission Y/N : Kook’s Man Eater. (Jungkook’s complaints were met by deaf ears, and he was outvoted 2 to 1.) It’s a random Saturday night when the group chat is pinged (Jungkook even turned on notifications), the message “Hottie spotted, Yoongi, Joon, her and me at karaoke bar” from Jimin on his screen. 
Jungkook gets ready like a madman, doing his absolute best to put on an attractive outfit. This includes his signature chunky boots matches with various accessories. Before even replying to the group chat, Jungkook is running out of his house. Jungkook shows up relatively unannounced, shocking everyone slightly as he steps into the room. Jimin is the least surprised, Yoongi the most as he shouts “When did you show up?!” over the music. The commotion causes you to look over, honestly slightly surprised to see him too. Looking at Joon, he just shrugs it off, continuing to belt into a microphone. 
Everyone settles down, all taking their respective seats. Jungkook sits in between Joon and Jimin, you on the other side of Joon, and then Yoongi on your other side. Jungkook can’t even convey how badly he wants to switch places with Joon, but he doesn’t mention it. It’s not until Yoongi and Joon stand up, declaring “We ordered more drinks, but we’re gonna go help the staff grab them. We ordered a lot,” that Jungkook has a chance to interact with you. Seeing the obvious opportunity, Jimin delivers a slap to Jungkook’s back before following the two of them out, mumbling a small “I’ll help!” 
“Thought Joon said you weren’t gonna come?” You laugh, taking the chance to slide closer to Jungkook. He’s cute when he’s flustered, doing his best to maintain his composure and come up with answers that make sense. He looks good underneath the flashing lights, his piercings and jewelry sparkling whenever the light catches them. “You look good tonight, bun.”
The pet name immediately shoots to his core, a small hum falling past his lips. “Couldn’t miss you being here.” he smiles, wrapping an arm around you and pulling you closer to his body. 
“Think your luck is better today?” You smile, kissing his jaw. 
“I really want it to be.” Jungkook mumbles, almost sounding like a whine. 
“Surely not in the karaoke room?” You smile, leaning up to place a kiss onto his lips. His eyes are slightly hooded, taking and relishing in whatever touch you give him. He’s extremely sensitive as you slip your hand underneath the slightly unbuttoned shirt, gently pinching a nipple. His chest pushes forward against your hand, seeking more touch. “How’d you deal last time, find someone to sleep with besides me?” You tease, allowing your hand to fall to his lap. “Are you always this easy to rile up or do you just really like me?” You smile, gently grinding the palm of your hand into him. 
Jungkook let’s out a small moan, allowing his head to fall into the crook of your neck to muffle himself. “No, just really like you.” He admits, face flushing a bright red. Before you have another chance to tease him, he speaks up, “Let me take you on a date, please.”
“A date?” you smile, grinding your palm with a bit more pressure. “I thought you just wanted to fuck?” You laugh, watching as Jungkook pulls his face back slightly, heavy eyes staring at you as if his life depends on it. 
“Please, I wanna take you out. Anywhere you want, anytime.” He mumbles, leaning forward. Your lips easily connect, Jungkook is eager to taste you. 
Pulling back, you’re met with puppy eyes that search for any sign of wrongdoing. Quickly reassuring him, you pull your phone out. “I guess it could be fun, I don't know about anytime though, Mr. idol.” He doesn't respond to the tease immediately, focused on inputting his number into your phone. Looking at the name, you giggle slightly. It reads Jungkook (Namjoon’s group member.) “Oh Kook,” You laugh, changing it to “kook” with a bunny emoji next to it. You also send him a quick text so he has your number. 
“Also for you, anytime.” Your lips meet again before you can even fully register it, Jungkook easily uses his strength to hoist you onto his lap. Jungkook’s hands are immediately resting on your ass, kneading the flesh underneath his palms as much as he can given your outfit. Your hands tangle in his hair once again, pulling and tugging on his soft locks. Each tug makes him release a small groan, encouraging you to continue doing it. 
“What if we walk in and they’re butt ass naked-” that’s definitely Jimin
“They won't be, shut up.” then Yoongi
“Ew, don’t talk about my friend like that.” and lastly, poor Namjoon. 
The two of you almost shove each other away, you’re adjusting your clothes and Jungkook furiously tries to finger brush his hair out. You could honestly laugh if the other guys weren’t currently walking into the room. “Ugh, finally!” you complain, getting up and grabbing a cocktail off of Namjoon’s tray. “You guys couldn’t have taken longer even if you tried.” You laugh, resuming your spot on the sofa. Namjoon and Yoongi are immediately arguing with you, making you laugh. 
Jimin is eyeing Jungkook, trying to figure out if the two of you just sat in silence the entire time. If you did, Jimin would honestly feel bad for the two of you. After setting down the tray and taking his seat next to Kook, he can see his lips better underneath the dim lighting. His lower lip is slightly swollen and red, causing Jimin to plaster on his shit eating grin. Jimin makes a mental note to text the group chat later. 
With more drinks, everyone gets more comfortable and bubbly. You and Yoongi are singing and dancing with each other, jokingly holding hands as you swing your arms. Namjoon is dancing in his seat, and Jimin and Kook are swaying side to side as they drink. As the song winds down to its end, you grab one of the microphones before thrusting it to the general direction of Jungkook and Jimin. “You guys haven't sung at all, come on. Woo us over, boys.” You laugh, making Joon smile as Jimin tentatively takes the microphone. Jimin and Kook share a look of confusion, slowly getting up. 
“Yeah boys, let's go.” Yoongi giggles, the alcohol finally catching up to him. You laugh as Yoongi leans forward, slapping Jungkook's ass before he has a chance to avoid the strike. Jimin immediately notices, moving far enough away to avoid an impending slap. 
You, Namjoon, and Yoongi watch as the two of them pick a slow song, beginning to dance and sway to the music. You laugh as Jimin quickly turns it into a tease, gesturing to Yoongi before slowly dragging his hand along his face. Namjoon is next, Jungkook strutting over before grabbing a handful of his hair. The look on Namjoon's face makes you burst out laughing, Jungkook failing to keep his composure as he also cracks up. 
You’re well aware that it's your turn next, Jimin releasing Yoongi’s face and slowly making his way over to you. Jungkook realizes, moving to Yoongi in the meantime. The laugh you let out is atrocious, Jimin spinning around so his back is facing you. Slowly, he sat down onto your lap before reaching around and grabbing one of your hands. With a giant smirk, he places it onto his ass. “I can touch?!” You laugh over the music, lightly slapping the skin underneath your palm. The slap makes Jimin giggle before crawling up, now making his way over to Namjoon. 
Jungkook is making his way over before you even have a chance to recover, a giant smile spread across his face. He easily straddles your lap, knees on either side of the sofa as he sits down onto your lap. Yoongi lets out  a loud whoop that makes you laugh, Jungkook smiling so hard that the corners of his eyes are crinkling slightly. One hand holds the karaoke microphone to his lips, the other snaking around to grab a fistful of your hair. “Oh?” you ask, laughing slightly. He tugs on your hair slightly, making you peer up to him. Your hands rest on his thighs, squeezing them slightly. Slowly leaning in, you think he’s going to kiss you before he abruptly pulls away, a tease through and through. 
Him and Jimin make their way back to the microphone stands, finishing up the song. You and Yoongi let out loud whoops and cheers, Namjoon slightly shocked as he sits there and slowly claps his hands. You can’t help but laugh, reaching over to smooth out his hair that is still disheveled from Jungkook. The night basically ends from there, no one wanting to go up because “There’s no beating that performance.” Instead, the group finished up the drinks that were ordered while talking over soft music playing in the background. You learn a lot more about Yoongi than you previously knew, swearing up and down that his life experiences were the most interesting thing you've ever heard. (It may have been the alcohol talking, honestly.) 
While you’re busy talking to Yoongi, Jimin takes the opportunity to whisper to Jungkook. “What’d you two do when we left?” Jimin whispers, pulling Jungkook's head closer to him. “Don't tell me that you just sat here in silence the entire time!”
“No, give me some credit, jeez!” Jungkook whispers back, rolling his eyes slightly. “I got her number and asked if I could take her out on a date. I think it worked because she said that she’d let me.”
“That's it?! No making out, no grinding, nothing?!” Jimin asked, mouth slightly open.
“That’s an invasion of privacy.” He whispers, making Jimin's jaw fall open even more. Since when?? “Listen, I just don’t wanna tell her business too.”
Jimin still stares in disbelief at Jungkook, “I’m telling Taehyung.” He says before whipping his phone out of his back pocket. This statement makes Jungkook laugh, shrugging Jimin's vague threat off before joining in on the group's conversation. It’s somehow trailed off into college stories, you and Namjoon laughing and jokingly slapping each other. 
Once again, Namjoon opens his mouth just a bit too much and spills your sex life without even realizing. “Y/N was a complete bombshell in college, smoking hot, had boys wrapped around the block for her. Every single one was denied, apparently too fake daddy doms and unsatisfactory-”
You slap your hand over his mouth before he can even continue his words, a loud slap smack filling the room. You wouldn’t be surprised if you accidentally gave him a fat lip, but at that point it was little concern to you. “Namjoon doesn’t know what he's talking about.” You mumble through gritted teeth, still pressing your hand against his mouth. “You know how he gets when he’s tipsy.” You laugh, trying to lighten the situation. Jimin, Jungkook, and Yoongi all just stare at the two of you, Namjoon beginning to writher as you press his head back into the sofa. “Namjoon, I could kill you right now. I mean it.”
This makes Yoongi laugh, shrugging off the awkward situation. “Eh, understandable though. No one likes an annoying guy in bed, especially me.” This turns all of the attention from you to Yoongi, who realizes what he said as he’s met with slightly wide eyes. “I mean, theoretically. Anyway, I'm going to get going.” Yoongi mumbles, getting up out of his seat and collecting his belongings. 
“It’s okay, Yoongi. No one’s judging here.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up in an attempt to reassure him. “Get home safe, call a cab or something.”
“Oh, for sure.” Yoongi smiles, throwing back whatever was left in his cup before setting it back down. The gesture makes you laugh before standing up, giving him a small hug before he leaves. The others follow, bidding him a goodnight with a chorus of Get home safe! Don’t throw up in the car! 
The four of you stay, leisurely finishing your drinks as the night winds down. The horror that flashes across your face is undeniable, Yoongi sending you a video attachment. Without even clicking play, you can tell it’s your lap dances from dumb and dumber just from the thumbnail. Quickly, you push it out of your mind before anyone realizes. 
In the karaoke room, Namjoon is almost falling asleep, head resting on your shoulder as he fights his eyelids to stay open. It makes you smile, gently reaching over to pat his head, “Joonie, you should probably get going. If you want, I'll come with you to make sure you get in safely.” You smile, imagining Namjoon passed out in the back of the cab. Before he has a chance to reply, Jimin is jumping up out of his seat and hoisting him up.
“Uh, we live in the same building anyway. So, uh, yeah it just makes sense for us to go home together. Plus, that way we don’t have to call two cabs…”
“...Right.” You don’t buy it, but you still get up to hug them goodbye, wishing them a safe trip. Once again, you and Jungkook are left in that godforsaken karaoke room. “So Jimin’s what, your wing man?” You smile, jokingly punching his arm. You find yourself sliding closer to him once more, easily wrapped under his arm. 
“No, he just thinks he is.” Jungkook shrugs, a gentle smile on his face. “Let me drive you home.” 
“You drank-”
“Like one, and that was earlier.” He defends himself, pulling you closer to him. Your lips easily slot together, and it feels like you can't stay away from each other even if you tried. It's a much softer kiss than earlier, lips slowly sliding across each other. Your hand rests on his lower abdomen as the other wraps around his back, hugging him slightly. “Plus, if I don't drive home I'll have to come pick up my car tomorrow morning.”
“You interrupted our kiss to say that, really?” You tease, pulling yourself away from him. “Okay Kook, get up and walk in a straight line.” With a loud groan, he gets up and walks from one side of the room to the other, placing the heel of one foot onto his toe. After he makes it across (decent at best), you get up and begin to collect your stuff. Jungkook secretly celebrates behind you. “You’re lucky I’m not a cop, I'd arrest you.” You joke. 
You and Kook walk out with your arms linked, you embarrassing stumbling more than Jungkook. The car he leads you to almost stops you in your tracks, glancing up at him to see if he was joking. “Well, here we are.” He smiles, opening the passenger door for you and waiting for you to climb in. 
“You’re joking? A Benz, Kook?'' It's a beautiful car, wrapped in a sleek black wrap that makes it look even more appealing. You almost don’t want to get into it, the interior looking just as appealing as the exterior. “You couldn't drive some busted up Honda?” You whine, slowly climbing in and trying to make sure you don't knock anything with your shoes. Patting your pockets to ensure you have everything, Jungkook makes his way over to the driver seat. 
“What, you don’t like it?” Jungkook laughs, starting the car. 
“I forget you’re rich.” You laugh. The two of you sit in the car for maybe 3 minutes, you finally glance over to Jungkook. It finally hits you that he doesn’t know where to drive, but you’re also confused why he wouldn’t just ask for your address. You laugh, telling him and watching him type it in. “You’ve gotta be kidding me.” You laugh as the map comes up onto the screen, directing him where to drive. “I hate rich people.”
Jungkook just laughs as he begins driving, extremely carefully you notice. You decide not to tease him about it, thinking it’s sweet. It’s not until you get to your apartment complex that one of you speaks up, in this case Jungkook. “Let me walk you up.”
“I’d like that.” You smile, nodding. Just as carefully as you climbed in, you climb back out. “Don’t make fun of my housing situation though, I'll rip your dick off.” You threaten, linking arms with Jungkook as you walk in. 
“I’d never.” He laughs, letting you lead the way. You’re at your door before you know it, unlocking the two locks and stepping in halfway. 
“I’d invite you in, but I'm afraid you’d like that too much.” You smirk, watching his reaction. “Text me when you get home safe, Kook. Goodnight.” You smile, leaning forward and placing a kiss onto his cheek. Before he can respond, you’re darting back into the safety of your apartment before he has the chance to see you blush. Just as he was told, he texts you less than 30 minutes later with a cute, 
Made it home, good night :)
There’s a picture attachment, and for a second you think that it’s going to be some sort of nude. To your surprise (delight), it’s a picture of him and his dog laying down. You reply with a small, cuteeee, before allowing yourself to fall asleep. 
On Jungkook's end, Jimin and Taehyung are blowing up the group chat. Jimin’s outraged with Kook's sudden secret-ness, and Taehyung is more confused than anything. There's at least 5 text messages of What happened tonight? What? What do you mean he won't spill the details?? Turning off his notifications (he has your number now), Jungkook rolls over before falling asleep. 
______
The next morning Jungkook is sitting up out of bed, slightly confused, but quickly determining that it was a good night. In fact, he even pats himself on the back a little just as a personal pick me up. While he thinks it went well, he can’t exactly remember all of the details. He's flying to the group chat before another minute passes by. 
What happened last night?
We don’t know, dipshit. You won’t tell us anything.
Oh, right. That definitely was a conversation Jimin and him had last night at the karaoke bar. In his messages, he sees a random number without a saved name. Examining it, it doesn’t ring any bells before he’s clicking onto the chat. Oh yeah, that also happened. Jungkook thought he wasn’t drunk last night, maybe he got more intoxicated as his alcohol digested, whichever one it is doesn’t matter as he sits there trying to put together the puzzle pieces. 
On your end, you’re doing arguably better as you crawl out of bed and get ready for work. You have an early Sunday morning shift, thanking the heavens as it’s usually pretty dead. You’ve managed to get ready, make yourself coffee in a To Go cup, and remember last night's festivities all before the ripe time of 8 am. It’s almost a new personal record for you, walking out of your apartment door with a little more pep in your step than usual. 
It's about an hour into your shift when the front door rings, signaling a customer has entered. “Hello, welcome to Mochas. What can I get started for -“ Looking up from the display case you were currently stocking, it’s Jungkook. “What are you doing here?!” 
He seems just as confused to see you, glancing around the quiet café. “I just wanted a coffee! I didn't know you worked here! Why didn’t you tell me?!” 
“You’ve never asked!” At the small commotion, a few customers glance over at the two of you. Embarrassed, you push the bickering aside and move to the register, ready to take his order. “Whaddya want?” 
“Wow, customer service is 1/10. Bad yelp reviews all around.” Jungkook fakes in front of you, pretending to have his feelings hurt. It makes you giggle a little, which makes him smile. “A caramel iced coffee please, and whatever baked good you think tastes the best.” He winks, pulling out his card.
Handing it over to you, you grunt as it hits your hand, the stupid black card both heavy and cold as it’s some type of metal. “I hate rich people.” You grumble some more, making Jungkook laugh in front of you. You grab his baked good first, placing it into a small bag before extending it out to him. 
“Oh, you can keep it.” He smirks, doing his best to send you a wink. Truthfully, it does make your heart beat a little faster but he doesn’t need to know that. 
“I- Thanks Kook. But you’ve got to try it, it’s my favorite one.” You smile, trying to regain some sort of composure. Reaching into the bag, you pull off a corner before offering it to him. While you should’ve seen it coming, you didn’t expect it so early in the morning. He leans forward, taking the piece with his mouth and doing a very thorough lick of your fingers that held it. “Kook- don’t.” You vaguely threaten, watching him wiggle his brows at you. “Your order will be ready shortly.” 
While making his drink, you threaten multiple times to stick your fingers or spit in the cup. While you don’t think he’d care (obviously), it’s a threat nonetheless. For the sake of your job, you don’t really. “Thank you so much, pretty girl.” Jungkook smiles as he takes the drink from you, “I’ll see you soon, let me know when you’re ready for our date!” He grins before leaving, one of his signature Kook grins that reaches all the way up to the corner of his eyes. 
Right, the date that he’d let you pick the time. Texting Namjoon, you ask for their work schedule. While you’d like to test his promise of “For you, anytime.” You’d feel too guilty if you were making him miss something regarding his career. Namjoon surprisingly sends it right away, questioning your motives. Not having the time currently, you tell him you’ll explain the situation later. While you tell Namjoon a lot of it (you spare him some details about his youngest), you haven’t had the time to tell him about last night. 
The rest of work is uneventful, a few people coming in every now and then. As your shift begins to end, you gladly pass your responsibilities to the next shift leader. It's only 1pm when you get off, finally excited to have a day that’s not completely wasted by work. This also gives you time to actually look over the group's work schedule, seeing that both today and Wednesday were open. Today feels too soon to see him again, and you think you’d lose your mind with how fast everything is progressing. Re-watching the dreaded video Yoongi sent you was almost whiplash, the giant smiles on both yours and Kook’s face were enough to make you red in the ears. 
Pulling out your phone, you shoot him a quick text. 
Wednesday at 7 sounds good? I’ll let you pick the place. :)
He texts back surprisingly fast (in hindsight, duh. It’s his day off)
Wednesday at 7 works perfectly, it’ll be a surprise. Dress fancy. 
You think it’s too soon to say you hate rich people again, so you leave the texts at that and carry on with your day. Jungkook, on the other hand, is shitting himself. He really wished you would've just picked the place, because now he’s scrambling. The next text he sends out is embarrassing, and he almost has half a mind to rethink sending it on the off chance you see it. (You would tease him, for sure.)
Namjoon, please you gotta help me.
The next three days fly by in a blur, and you’re secretly cursing your past self for deciding on making the date Wednesday. You open at work, and get off at noon. So while you at least have time after you get off, without a nap, you’ll be dead the entire date. Jungkook sends you an endearing text the morning of, a sweet 
I’ll pick you up later :), 
on your phone screen making you smile. 
I’m at work :(( 
You text back, expecting nothing to come from it. 
What? You picked the day, dummy. I’ll swing by.
You could tell him don't bother, but you secretly want to see him. The bell rings continuously for the next 30 minutes, making you excited each time. After maybe the 20th ring, you don’t even glance up anymore. “What, no greeting? Wooowwww, customer service has gone down even more.” He complains, jokingly slamming his hands down onto the register counter. 
“Took so long, I didn't think you were gonna actually show up.” You smile, looking up at him. He looks just as pretty as always, a soft smile on his face. 
“You think that a lot.”
“Shut up, so what can I get for you?” You smile, preparing to type into the iPad register. 
“Hmmmm, I don't know. How about you explain the entire menu to me?” He jokes, leaning down onto his hands. It’s an excuse just to hear you talk to him, and you can tell as he peers up to you. “Well, go on.”
“Is that a caramel iced coffee I hear?” You jokingly put a hand around your ear before typing it into the system. “And what sweet treat would you like today?”
“You.”
“Hmm, is that my favorite baked good of all time? Got itttt.” You giggle, also typing it in again. As you are finishing up, you can hear footsteps coming from the back. “My managers coming, if you still wanna talk you better act really pretentious.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook straightens up his posture. 
“How?”
“Ask if we have any gluten free stuff, I don't know.” You say, this makes him laugh. Just as you expected, the shift manager comes out from the back to make sure everything is running smoothly. She obviously listens to your conversation with the customers, making sure there’s no issues to resolve. 
“Do you have any gluten free items?”
“Yes sir, we have brownies and cook-”
“And vegan? I can’t eat any animal products, against my moral beliefs.”
“Yes, we only have one which is an oatmeal-”
“Is that also sugar free?” 
The third question almost makes you laugh, physically having to stop yourself from giggling. The manager quickly understands the situation and almost books it away, which makes the situation even more funny. As the door closes behind her, you finally crack up. Jungkook is in the same boat, softly clapping his hands together as he giggles as quietly as possible. 
“That was good, that was good.” You laugh, finally reaching into the case to pull out your favorite. You split it in half this time, handing him the half. 
“What about my drink?”
“I’ll use my employee discount, I get free drinks usually. Unless they're, like, really expensive, but it’s just an iced coffee so it should be fine.” You smile, beginning to make his drink. You can almost feel his eyes boring into your back as you make it, watching every move. “It’s rude to stare, ya know. I’m not gonna poison you.” You giggle, finishing it up before handing it over. His fingers brush against yours as he takes it, making you smile. 
“I like watching you in your element, it’s nice. I’d blow up the barista station.” He easily makes you laugh again. “You should come watch us one time, in the studio or on dance practice days? Or maybe a concert?”
“I think Tae and Jimin would giggle at us too much.” You smile, pointing out his little wingmen that are painfully obvious. 
“No, no they wouldn’t. I’d beat them up for you.” Jungkook jokes, beginning to flex his muscles in the middle of your humble coffee shop. 
“Alright, alright. That’s enough.” You slap his arm away from your face (he made sure to lean in as he flexed,) laughing slightly. He’s smiling just as much, making your stomach feel slightly fuzzy. “You know Jimin and Tae would tease us the entire time. Anyway, what should I wear tonight? What’s the dress code?”
“Fancy dress?” Jungkook shrugs.
“Heels or no heels?”
“Heels.”
“Red or black?”
“Red, definitely. It’ll match your complexion.”
“Jewelry or no jewelry?”
“If you want, yes. What do I want? Yes.”
“Alright, got it.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up. “You should probably get going so I can get back to work.”
“Nooo, I could sit here and watch you make coffee all day.” Kook whines, leaning over and jokingly placing his face against the glass display case. 
“Heyyy,” You push his face off, revealing a Kook-stamp as you called it. It’s the faint imprint of his cheek left on the glass. “You’re making more work for me.” You faintly scold before wiping the marks off with a rag. 
“Aren’t you going to be too tired for our date? If you fall asleep I won’t carry you.” He most definitely would. “You’ll be left in the passenger seat.”
“I’ll take a nap, dad.” You mock, jokingly rolling your eyes. “Shoo, shoo.” You smile, fanning your hands at him to get him away from the pick up counter. “I’ll see you later tonight.”
“I’ll pick you up!” He smiles, the bell above the door signaling his departure. He waves at you the entire time he walks past the windows, making you smile slightly. 
Hours fly by like minutes, and the I’m here! text that Jungkook sends you makes your heart stutter a bit in your chest. Slipping on your shoes for the night, a pair of pretty tan heels, you’re grabbing your keys before swinging the door open and stepping out. Your motion is stopped immediately, slamming into something that almost feels like running into a solid wall. With a small yelp, you jump away from whatever it was.
IT, being Jungkook. “I thought you were downstairs!” Your heart is beating unbelievably hard, making you clutch your chest as you try to calm down. “You scared me!”
“What kind of date is it if I just wait downstairs, we're not 16!” He counters, making you laugh. After your initial fright, you’re able to actually appreciate him coming up to your door to walk down with you. He’s holding a pretty red bouquet, making you smile harder than you think you’ve ever. (The poor flowers did get sandwiched between the two of you, but they’re still in good condition.) “These are for you.” He smiles, handing them over. 
“They’re pretty, Kook. Thank you so much. Come in, I'll put them in water really quick.” Jungkook follows you into your apartment, silently taking in all the furniture and decorations. It’s not exactly what he’s used to, but he almost prefers this to his own house. It’s a lot smaller and has a cozy feel to it, and he thinks that it matches you perfectly. “Hey, no judging, remember?” You threaten, making him laugh as he leans against the counter. 
“I’d neverrr, plus it’s cute in here. I like it.” Jungkook compliments, watching as you find a flower vase and follow the directions on the packet. “You look gorgeous, Y/N.” 
Glancing up from your flowers, you catch his eyes and can basically see the want behind them. 1) Inviting him in was clearly a bad idea. 2) Goddamn it he looks good. “Kook, it’s too early to be giving me those eyes, we haven’t even left.” You tease, “You gotta stop looking at me like that.” This makes him laugh as he straightens up, adjusting his casual (but still formal) suit. It almost feels like the two of you were going to a school dance together. 
“Fine, fine. I’ll be on my best behavior.”
“Yeah, I'm sure you will.” Sarcasm drips from your words, making both you and Jungkook giggle. You can already tell he won’t, but you suppose that’s part of the fun. “So where are we heading to?” You smile, placing the flowers in the middle of the small kitchen island as you finish with them. You grab your bag off the table and begin to make your way out, Jungkook following you. 
“It’s a surprise.” Kook smiles, grabbing your hand as you walk to the elevator. This makes you smile, the two of you walking to his car in silence. “M’lady…” He opens the passenger side door for you, making you giggle. You watch as he drives to the restaurant, trying your best to figure out where the two of you were going. 
“Kook…” you mumble as he parks, a small smile on your face. It's the restaurant Namjoon first took you to when he “got big and famous,” insisting on paying for your expensive meal. There's a small flower garden in the back that guests can go to, but usually it’s empty. “You talked to Namjoon, didn’t you?” You ask, making yourself laugh as he has a sheepish look on his face. “It's perfect.” You reassure him, rubbing his arm. 
“Let’s go.” Jungkook smiles, climbing out of the car and coming to the passenger side. He insists on helping you out, which you smile at. 
“I've never seen you act so gentlemanly.” You tease, taking his arm as the two of you walk into the restaurant. 
“Hey, you haven’t even known me that long.” He defends himself, making you laugh. 
“Yeah, and the past two encounters we’ve had are you trying to get into my pants.” This makes the both of you laugh, Jungkook's smile never quite fading from his face. He gives his name for the reservation, the host smiling as she walks the two of you to a table. 
“You two make a lovely couple-“ 
“Oh we’re not-“ Kook has his hands up as he interjects the host. 
“Thank you.” you smile, cutting Jungkook off. The host smiles softly as she leaves. 
“We’re a couple?” 
“I mean we’re on a date, right?” 
“Oh?” Jungkook raises a brow and has his signature smirk plastered on his face. 
“Ugh, forget it you freak.” You laugh, opening the menu. It's not long before a server comes by, offering to get you started on drinks and explaining some specials they had for alcohol. The two of you agree on a wine to share, ordering waters on the side. While the server is there, you go ahead and put in your meals as you already know what you both want. “So, tell me about yourself, Kook.”
“What do ya wanna know?” Kook smiles, leaning forward slightly as he becomes more engaged in the conversation. He looks cute, it makes you smile slightly. 
“I don't know, I'm sitting across from thee Jungkook of BTS. Some people would kill to be here listening to you talk about yourself.” You tease, leaning forward onto the palm of your hand. You stretch your feet out, linking them with Jungkook’s underneath the table. “Why’d you wanna join BTS?” You ask, shrugging as you start. 
“Damn, okay.” Jungkook laughs. “I was expecting you to ask my favorite color or something.” That makes you laugh, but you don’t say anything as you let him continue talking. “Ever since I was little I knew I liked music. I like singing the most, dancing was iffy at first. And when I tried out, I had so many different companies that gave me offers. I was so young, so it was really overwhelming, you know? When I came to see Big Hit when I was trying to figure out where I was going to go, I met Namjoon. And meeting him and talking to him was kinda the final nail in the coffin.”
“What do you mean dancing was iffy at first, you’re a fuckin amazing dancer, Kook.” You compliment, eyes slightly wide as you’re a bit shocked. 
It makes Jungkook giggle, “When I was younger, I was like a robot. I knew the dances and did them well, but it was just doing the moves. I wasn’t really into them.” He gestures, mocking the robot dance for a split second. 
“I see, I see.”
“What about you? How’d you meet Namjoon?” Kook asks, reaching across the table as he grabs the hand not holding your head up. Absent-mindedly, he plays with your fingers. 
“I think it was freshman year of college, god I've known Joon for so long.” You laugh. “I was walking to my morning lecture and this kid comes up behind me, stomps on the back of my shoe, and knocks it completely off. I was carrying all of my books, laptop and a coffee too so I just stopped, turned around, and stared at him.” You laugh. “He felt so bad, panicked and picked up my shoe, and then got on one knee and put it back onto my foot for me.” The story makes you laugh, Jungkook chuckling softly with you. 
“That sounds like a Namjoon story.”
“And after he put my shoe back on, we just walked side by side to our morning lecture because we had the same class.” You smile, “Eventually we started talking more after that, and once we were able to live off campus he proposed we split the rent. I suppose he’s saved my ass from the landlord breaking down our front door for rent a couple of times, so it’s even.”
“You went to school with Namjoon, yeah? What did you get your degree in?”
“I got a couple, but mainly journalism, advertising, writing stuff. Kinda boring.” You giggle. “I get to sit at home now and edit articles all day for work, so I love my degree.”
“Wait, but you work at a coffee shop?”
“Hey, sitting at home and editing stories gets boring after a while.” You defend. 
“Namjoon told me you were super smart back in college and that’s why the two of you got along so much.” Jungkook smiles. 
“We got along because I'd fix everything he broke in an accident.” You laugh. “What do you do at work, besides singing and dancing around?” 
“Eh, sponsors want us to take pictures with their stuff. We record videos for our army, demo songs, sometimes record bigger things like bon voyage packages.” Jungkook shrugs. “It’s a lot but it’s not really a big deal-”
You scoff at this, shaking your head. “So humble, Kook.” You smile, playing back with his fingers. “You guys are so famous now, it’s crazy. I can’t even walk around the city without seeing Joon's face somewhere.”
Jungkook nods, “Yeah, we are pretty popular. It’s crazy, you know, we just wanted to make music.” 
You nod, following along. “I feel like a proud mom sometimes, seeing you guys do so well. Watching you guys grow up and grow with Joon, it’s like surreal.” Your food comes soon after that, the conversation being cut for now. “Remind me to ask you about the whole Tae, Kook, Jimin group that is going on too.”
Poor Jungkook chokes on his food as the two of you begin eating. The conversation is very minimal over dinner, the two of you eating the food that was brought out. At the end, Jungkook pays the bill before you even have the chance to pull up your bag, making you complain. “What date is it if the guy doesn’t pay?” He counters. 
“I’m telling the news outlets you're misogynist.” That makes him let out a hearty laugh, not quite expecting you to say that. “Can we walk in the garden!?”
“Of course,” Jungkook smiles, getting up from the table and offering you an arm. Jungkook must've caught the attention of people in the restaurant, people staring at the two of you. 
“...Maybe we shouldn't.” You mumble, catching the eyes of a few tables. “Let’s just go outside, yeah?” Jungkook's slightly confused (oblivious to the eyes boring into him) and leads the way to the garden. The two of you stroll through the garden, arms bumping into one another every now and then. “Jungkook, I don’t want to alarm you, but there’s someone in the bushes.”
“What?” Jungkook is about to whip around to look when you stop him. 
“They have a camera, they’re taking pictures of us…together.” You mumble. 
“Fuck…okay here’s the plan.” Jungkook mumbles, already having a feeling this would happen. “I can get to my car through the back exit here. I’ll go get my car and meet you in the front of the restaurant to pick you up.”
“Kook, what about your reputation.” The both of you continue to stroll through the garden and whisper to each other. 
“I’ll have my company say it was for a business deal, and nothing more. That way no one will try to find out who you are either.” Jungkook nods to himself. “I’m gonna go now, and I think he’ll follow me. Goodbye.” Jungkook mumbles, stepping slightly in front of you to bow. You repeat the action, bowing twice before turning to follow the plan through. Jungkook was right, the man following Kook deeper into the garden. 
Truthfully, it makes you extremely nervous for him, but you follow the plan out. You’re standing in front of the restaurant when Jungkook's Mercedes comes by, picking you up. “Kook, I hated every second of that.” You mumble. 
“I’m sorry, I thought no one would be able to get into the garden.”
“Did he follow you all the way to your car??” You ask, heart rate spiking. 
“Huh? Oh, no. He followed me until I went to the parking garage and then he left.” You nod, thanking whatever made him go away. “...I’ll take you back home.”
“Hey, it’s okay. It’s not your fault.” You smile, reaching over and taking a hand in yours. You rub your thumb into his hand, offering him a soft smile. Jungkook nods, smiling back to you. “Do you guys have to deal with that a lot?”
“Yeah, airports are a nightmare.” Jungkook smiles, “It’s definitely a negative to the life of a super star.” He says it jokingly, but you can tell it does bother him to some extent. 
“Okay, now you can tell me about the Taehyung, Jungkook, Jimin group that’s been going on recently.” You laugh. 
“God damn it, I was hoping you’d forget.” Jungkook sighs, smiling slightly. “When they found out that i was going to ask you out on a date, they wanted to help me. I don’t know exactly how much they really helped, but they swore they were so, I just let them.”
“Ohhh, so that’s how you knew I was at karaoke.” The look on Jungkook's face is priceless, a mix of embarrassment and cheeky. It makes your chest warm up, a fond feeling. “Alright I'll let the trio thing go for now. So what happens when they post those pictures?”
Jungkook lets out a small sigh, “I’ll let my company know beforehand, probably tomorrow, about what happened just to give them a heads up. They’ll probably wait until the pictures come out, deny any rumors or dating allegations, say it was for some fake business plan, and then threaten legal action.” Jungkook laughs at the legal action part. 
“Yeah, I totally look like a business woman.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook parks at your apartment building. Jungkook’s clearly ready to walk you up to your door, unbuckling and collecting whatever he’d need. There’s a small smirk on your face as you link an arm with him, walking inside. “I had a lot of fun, kook. Besides everyone staring at us in the restaurant and-”
“There were people staring at us in the restaurant?”
“Yes, Jungkook of BTS, people were staring.” You say sarcastically, eventually cracking and laughing slightly. “For some reason, when I was getting ready it never dawned on me that you guys are famous and people would obviously stare. I guess because I’ve known Joon and you guys for so long, that it’s just normal for me.”
The two of you guys are at the door of your apartment before you even realize, Jungkook stopping. He’s getting ready to say goodbye, fidgeting slightly with his fingers. “Do you wanna come in?” You smirk, watching his face light up. The two of you already know what’s going to happen, a cheeky look coming over his face. 
The two of you walk in, Jungkook making a show of dropping his jacket off with a sigh. You almost giggle as you watch him walk over to the couch, plopping down. His arms are resting on the back of the couch, head also thrown back. His legs are spread wide as he leans back. “You know, I really do like your apartment décor.” Jungkook compliments. 
“Your eyes are closed, you can’t even see it.” You smile, watching as he slowly peels his eyes open. You’re focused on the buckle of your heels, eventually getting them undone and allowing them to hit the floor. 
“It was a general observation.” He comments, making you laugh. He closes his eyes again. 
“You definitely look comfortable over here, Kook.” You giggle, swinging a leg over and resting onto his lap. Your long dress bunches up around your thighs and hips, leaving you almost bare besides your panties as you seat yourself. 
“Y/n?” He tries to sound cocky, but the look on his face was is anything but, he looks needy, whiny. 
“Hm, bun?” You smile, beginning to slightly tug and play with his hair. You’re truly not in any rush to move on, enjoying the small reactions you pull from him. Eventually his arms move, hands how resting on your waist as he pulls you closer to him. “I like you like this, all needy.” 
You place a small kiss on his lips, pulling back to watch the small whine it pulls from him. “You’re not wearing shorts under this, are you?” Kook mumbles, slightly sliding his fingertips underneath the edge of the dress. Both hands rest on your thighs, squeezing and rubbing the skin underneath his palms. 
“Nope.” You smile, allowing more weight to sit against him. Sitting fully down, you’re able to feel the hard-on underneath you. 
“Fuck me.” Jungkook whimpers, making you smile. 
“I don’t have any condoms, next time.” The promise makes him whine even more, hips shifting underneath you. He pulls you down even more, grinding against you slightly. The small whines and friction shoots straight to your core, making you clench around nothing. 
“Kiss me, please Y/n.” He whines, immediately giving him what he wants. Your lips easily connect, sliding against each other as if they were molded for one another. Jungkook's lips are soft against yours, a whine coming from you. Pulling away, the both of you have to catch your breath. 
“I wish I could mark you up, so bad.” You mumble, a hand coming to down to grab his jaw. You move his head to the side, placing a small kiss onto his jaw. Moving down slightly, you continue to place kisses onto his neck. “Wish so badly I could claim you as mine.” You mumble against his neck. Placing another kiss, you leave a light red mark this time. You continue to leave light marks, a triumphant feeling in your chest. 
“Can I take a picture of you bun?” 
“What?” 
“Can I take a picture of my marks?” You smile, “They’ll go away by the morning, they’re light.” Jungkook nods, watching as you fish for your phone that’s somewhere on the couch. You eventually find it, snapping a picture. The picture is arguably the hottest thing you’ve ever taken. His face is still cupped in your hand, slight indents in his cheeks from your fingertips. The marks are dark, but just light enough to be gone by morning. His eyebrows are slightly scrunched together, making the photo even more attractive. “Fuck, Kook.”
Your lips quickly find each other again, hands grabbing and holding each other everywhere possible. Jungkook’s hands continue to slip further underneath your dress, fingertips running along the straps of your thong before finally resting on your ass. He uses his hold to move your hips, the two of you slowly grinding against each other. Jungkook moans and whimpers into your mouth, making your mind even more fuzzy. 
“Kook, I wanna suck your cock.” You mumble against his lips, nibbling slightly on his bottom lip. His eyes shoot open, hips hips snapping up against you at the proposition. 
“Please-” 
“No pushing my head or I'll tie you up.” You threaten, Jungkook moaning slightly as you climb off of his lap, shifting onto your knees. Jungkook easily lifts his hips up, helping you pull the dress pants down. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, the fabric stretching around him. “So sensitive, bunny.” You smirk, lightly dragging a finger across the bulge. 
It makes him twitch, every slight brush getting a reaction. “God Kook, you look so fucking good.” You mumble, dragging your nails across his thighs. It hurts, but he likes it (slightly surprising to himself, not so much to you.) “Can I give you hickeys on your hips? Surely no fans would see those, hm? Just me right, all mine?” 
“All yours.” Kook reassures, watching your every move. He wishes he could engrave it into his vision, you on your knees with the small smirk you always give him. With anyone else, he’d be the one in control. But that’s why he likes your touch so much, he’s not with you. You easily tease and torment him with the smallest gestures and moves. It drives him crazy. “Please mark me.”
“Well since you asked so nicely.” Hooking a finger under the waist band of his boxers, you’re able to pull it down just enough to mark. The small kiss you place first almost makes Jungkook's hips jerk, his senses on overdrive. The mark is dark, lightly biting and licking over the mark once you’re finished. You’re on your fifth one when jungkook can’t take it anymore, the feeling of your lips so close driving him crazy. 
“Please, I can’t take anymore.” A whine falls from him, hips trying desperately to find friction. Truthfully, you were going to stop at 5. But now you have to keep going. 
“Yes you can.” Your voice is stern, the tone making kook whine as his fists grab the back rest. His hips push slightly into you, flattening your nose. “Kook, be good. You can do that much right?” Your voice is even more stern, hands coming up hold his hips still. It’s another 5 before you finally return to his poor dick, even more hard with precum soaking the fabric. 
“It looks like you liked it, my whiny baby.” Kook groans as you finally tug the boxers off his hips entirely, cock springing up. “So excited to be touched.” The smirk on your face is irreplaceable, watching just how much of a hold you have over him. Poor Kook is always whimpering as you slide your tongue across his tip, collecting the precum and swallowing it. He’s watching through half open eyes, lids heavily as he try’s to engrave the image into his memory. 
Licking a strip from base to tip, a deep moan falls past his lips before he can even stop it. Your grip around his cock makes his mind fuzzy, easily pumping your fist with the precum and saliva acting as lube. He’s unable to keep his eyes open as you finally take him into your mouth, head thrown back against the cushion as you sink down. You repeat the motion, taking more length until you physically can’t. Your nose brushes slightly against his abdomen before coming back up to catch you breath. 
“You know, it’s not fun if I don’t get to watch your reactions bun.” You smirk, slowly pumping his cock as you tease. “You know I like it.” 
“I’m…afraid to come too fast…if I watch you.” He embarrassingly admits, ears turning a deep red. 
“Next time you break eye contact, I stop touching you completely.” You set the boundary before taking him back into your mouth. Easily, you sink completely down, swallowing as much as you can manage. From the base of his cock, you glance up to make eye contact. It’s a mix of amazement, need and lust. St the eye contact, you can feel him twitch in your throat. His brows quickly scrunch together as you move, bobbing your head. 
He lasts maybe a minute before he’s throwing his head back, “Fuck, Y/n. It feels too good I can’t-“ You pull off of him completely, finally taking a breath in what feels like forever. You also pull your hands away, placing your elbows against the coffee table behind you. “Shit wait I didn’t mean to-“ 
“There was one rule, Jungkook.” 
“I know but-“ 
“One rule and you broke it.” His poor cock is red, straining as it throbs slightly against Jungkook's abdomen. “Breaking rules, yet so needy to come. Tsk tsk.” You mumble, leaning forward once again as you graze a fingertip over his tip. “A bit of a oxymoron huh?” 
“I’m sorry, please I need it.” Jungkook's hips jut involuntarily up into your touch. “I need you bad.” The whine that he lets out makes you give in. 
“I'll give you a pass this once.” You grumble, watching his face light up. “And bun, cum in my mouth. I want you to feel good.” 
Finally Jungkook let’s himself loose, whining, moaning, cursing, and grinding like a mad man. His hands grip the couch with deadly force, knuckles turning white. He easily thrusts into your mouth, the sensation making him almost cry out as he buries himself in your throat. Seeing him like this is almost as good as getting off yourself, your thighs clamped together. 
“Fuck bun, finally acting how I wanted.” You roughly jerk his cock, catching your breath quickly. His eyes are fixated on the sight in front of him, watching as you allow him to use your mouth to please himself. The eye contact is still too much, diverting his gaze away often. The small moan you let out while having him in your mouth makes his hips sputter, whines immediately slipping past his lips. 
“Gonna cum soon. Can I come Y/n? I've been good, please let me come.” Jungkook babbles, eyes slightly glazed over as his eyebrows furrow. With a nod, his hips pick up their pace just slightly. He’s still afraid to hurt you, thrusting up carefully but with a decent speed. “…Coming” Is the half assed warning you get before his hips drive themselves as far as possible, nose flattened against his abdomen. 
Looking up from that exact position, Jungkook's face is nothing short of your expectations. He looks fucked out, sweat gathering above his brow. The eye contact makes his cock throb even more in your throat, whines filling the entire room. You gasp pulling off, almost choking as you regain air flow to your lungs. 
“Good job bun, are you all done?” You smirk, licking any cum left off his shaft. The sensation is too much for him, hands reaching down to roughly pull you up from your knees. (They crack like 10 times in the process of getting up, they ain’t like they used to be.) Jungkook roughly smashes his lips onto yours, tasting his own cum on your lips. “You did so good for me.” You mumble against his lips, pulling back to observe his expression. 
“Thank you, holy shit.” Jungkook smiles, leaning forward to kiss your neck. He nibbles on the skin gently, leaving light marks. “That was so good, thank you. let me return the favor-“ 
“No, it’s okay. I liked that too bun.” You place a kiss onto his forehead, “Love seeing you like that.” With a small peck to his lips, you climb off his laps and stand up. “I’m gonna go change, if you wanna stay the night you can. I have extra sweatpants and big t-shirts if you want?” 
Jungkook's chest pangs slightly. He wants to return the favor so incredibly bad, watch your moan and shake around his head. Respecting your choice, he doesn’t pry. “Yeah, anything will be good.” 
You quickly trail off into your room, digging to find something for you to wear. Truthfully, your cunt aches for any touch Jungkook could offer, definitely soaking through your panties. Changing quickly and cleaning yourself up, you bring Jungkook his change of clothes. “The bathroom is down the hall to your left.” 
“Thanks.” You can tell his mind is racing, but you don’t ask. You tidy up slightly before plopping down on the couch, a throw blanket ready to be placed over the two of you. Jungkook's a bit confused when he comes back out, seeing you sprawled out on the couch. 
“Come lay with me.” You invite, opening your arms. He takes it immediately, plopping down. His head rests on your chest, a content sigh coming from the both of you as the blanket is thrown over. “What, not a big aftercare person?” You laugh, turning the tv on and playing a random movie. Jungkook's arms wrap completely around you, snuggling his head in. 
“A really big aftercare person, actually. I didn’t think you’d be though.” Jungkook smiles, peering up for a moment. You take the chance to kiss his forehead, playing with his hair as he lays back down. 
“Nah, I gotta take care of my bun.” 
Jungkook falls asleep fast, which you were completely expecting. Light snores fill the living room every now and then, making you smile. You’re fast asleep soon after. 
______
“Kook?” Your voice is groggy as you peel your eyes open, glancing around the living room. The tv continues to play random movies quietly, now showing some documentary. “Kook, don’t you have to work?” You mumble, shaking the boy that’s dead asleep on top of you. 
“Kook.” You shake his shoulders harder, moving his entire body. His arms are still wrapped around you, hands somehow underneath your shirt as he holds your body. “You have work!” You smile, trying to pry yourself out of his grip. You’re eventually met with a groan and nothing else. “The boys will tease you to hell and back if you’re late.” 
That seems to finally get him as he peels his eyes open, glancing around. “Kook, work?” 
“Oh shit.” He springs up in no time, quickly snatching his clothes up from last nights date. “Shit, i’m late.” He groans, snatching his phone off the coffee table. Poor Jungkook scrambles like a madman for a solid 5 minutes, “Should I even run home and get ready? I only have my dress shoes and i can’t wear those to dance practice. But then I'll be even more late.” 
“Kook, just tell them you woke up late. I’m sure they’ll be fine until you get there.” 
“Okay, okay I'll do that.” He’s speed walking to the door with all of his belongings in hand. You giggle a bit at his outfit, your sweatpants and tshirt but his fancy dress shoes, which makes him stick his tongue out at you. 
“Wait a second.” He stops completely as you reach up, yanking the neckline of the t-shirt down. “Those ones are gone.” You’re yanking down his (your) sweatpants just enough to see the dark hickeys left. “You’re not wearing underwear right now?” 
“So what, they were all sticky and gross!” 
“You’re commando in my sweatpants!” 
“Trust me, this is the better alternative than my boxers being in here.” 
You genuinely laugh as you allow the waistband to snap against his hips. “My marks are gonna be there for awhile, so no stripping in front of other girls.” 
“Wouldn’t even dream of it.” He smiles as he unlocks the front door, stepping out. “One kiss, please.” He taps his bottom lip, waiting. 
“Ugh.” You smile, giving him a kiss. “I'll see you soon Kook. Have fun at practice.” 
“I'll try.” 
Jungkook did, in fact, get teased to hell and back. The amount of pictures and videos you’ve gotten from the members is atrocious, all poking fun at their youngest. Jungkook has a cheeky look on his face in all of them, ears bright red. 
Namjoon even sends you a text sometime through the day, 
Don’t tell me you did what i think you did. My youngest :,( 
We just went on a date, Joon-ah 
You smile, clicking your phone off before getting ready for work. It’s late and uneventful, the café never being really busy on Thursday evenings. You’re in the back collecting stuff to restock the front when the door bell chimes, “I'll be right there in a moment!” 
“Take your time!” The voice is oddly familiar. Sticking your head out, you begin to contemplate sending your coworker out instead. 
“C'mon guysss” You whine, coming out from the back to meet the 7 idiots sitting in the empty café. “Don’t do this to me, i’m almost off for the night.” Jungkook stands behind Joon and Yoongi, cheeks slightly pink. “I’m guessing dummy back there spilled that I work here, Joon wouldn't dare.”
“You guessed correctly.” Jimin smirks in front of you, leaning forward on the counter. “Now it’s my turn to guess.” Jimin’s hand is reaching up to your top, gently tugging the band down to reveal your neck and part of your chest. 
“Uh, what are you looking for?” You try your absolute hardest to not smile, knowing exactly what he’s doing. Doing your best, you try to act like you have no correlation to Jungkook's morning situation earlier today. 
Jimin is slightly embarrassed as he lets go of your shirt, “Oh uh, nothing.” 
“I’m reporting you guys for harassment, jeez.” You roll your eyes. “There’s gonna be banned signs with your faces on the front door.” 
“How will we get our morning coffee then?” Yoongi jumps in, making you laugh. 
“You guys have never even came here before.” You smile, “What can I get for you guys?” 
They each order their respective orders, each getting some sort of drink and some getting snacks or baked goods. They pay on one tab, which you’re grateful for. “Since Jimin harassed Y/n earlier, he pays.” Jin announces, making everyone but Jimin silently cheer. Tae delivers a slap onto Jimin's back that creates a train, each of the members slapping him before moving to the pickup window. You and Jimin are left staring at each other at the register, you trying your best not to laugh at him. 
“Your total will be $50.” You finally laugh. 
“Add something on for yourself, consider it my apologies.” Jimin laughs, handing over his card. “I was trying to play investigator with Kook, kid won’t tell me anything.”
“I’ll accept your apologies, the new total is $55.” You smile, swiping the card and handing it back. Jimin joins the others as you begin working on their food, bagging and handing them to their respective members. The boys make conversation throughout. 
“Isn’t she great at her job?” Jungkook comments, watching as you crank out drink after drink. You finish relatively quickly, dramatically brushing your hands off. Your manager peeks her head out from the back, eyes widening as she recognizes the boys in front of you. You're pushed out of the conversation (gently, but it’s clear that she wants you to go) by your  manager. A small don’t you have restocking to do? Sends you on your way. 
From your trips back and forth, and you hear bits and pieces of the conversation. The boys do their best to be polite, offering small smiles and head nods to whatever your manager was saying. They vaguely agree to visit again before your manager finally let’s them go, making her way into the backroom once again. 
“...Wow.” You sarcastically comment as you come out once more, restocking the stir sticks behind the counter. 
“She was definitely, uhm, enthusiastic.” Joon nods, cracking you up slightly. 
“When do you get off, Y/n?” Jin asks, checking his phone for the time. 
“Approximately 5 minutes ago.” 
“Do you wanna go out with us, we were gonna find somewhere to eat.” Jin offers, making your heart swell. 
“I’d like that a lot.” You smile at him, finishing up any tasks you have to do last minute and collecting your belongings. The group of you look dumb walking to the restaurant, people walking in pairs of two on the sidewalk. Your arm is linked with Joon, the two of you arguing for a solid 5 minutes of who should walk by the road. (You fight tooth and nail, eventually he physically forces you on the inner side.) 
“If you get hit, I’ll be blamed for BTS Leader Kim Namjoon’s Death.” You complain, tugging on Joon’s arm. 
“Be quiet.” Namjoon just laughs at you, jokingly slapping a hand over your mouth. “I think this is the restaurant.” He announces to the group, holding the door open for the whole group as you all filter in. It’s a nice restaurant, not really busy due to the late hour. The eight of you pick seats at the table, Namjoon and Yoongi on either side of you. Jungkook sits directly across from you, obviously jealous as he glances at both members beside you. You roll your eyes at him discreetly, making him smile. 
“I’ll cook the meat.” Jungkook announces, everyone looking over at him in slight surprise. 
“I’ll help so we don’t blow up the table.” Yoongi also announces, making you laugh. 
The two of them are completely focuses on cooking, almost in competition. Jungkook rushes each time to place meat on your plate, side eyeing Yoongi who notices each time. It genuinely makes you laugh, fighting the urge to softly scold him over it. 
“Jungkook! We’d like some meat too!” Jin calls from the end of the table, making everyone burst into laughter. You softly clap your hands, watching as Jungkook’s face flushes a soft pink. 
You can feel Joon shuffle next to you, leaning in as he begins to talk softly in your ear. “So I assume the Jungkook situation is going well?” He laughs, all of the other members beginning to argue and well over the meat. Jungkook is defending himself furiously, claiming that 
it’s only gentlemanly that the lady is served first!! 
His argument makes you laugh, watching as Jin prepared his rebuttal. 
The oldest get’s priority!!! 
Jin calls, making you laugh harder as Jin begins to strain. 
“Yeah, it’s definitely been fun.” You whisper back to Namjoon, shrugging slightly. “We’re still playing a cat and mouse game of sorts.”
Everyone begins to eat, conversation flowing smoothly between the entire group. Everyone loads their plates, passing dishes back and forth around the table. Hours fly by like minutes, your eyes threatening to close as your head naturally finds itself on Namjoon’s shoulder. Your stomach is full as you’re becoming sleepy, listening to the group conversation as if it were a live podcast. 
“Are you alright Y/N?” Jungkook mumbles from across the table, making you nod. 
“Just sleepy, I've been up for awhile.” You laugh, feeling his legs outstretch and link with your feet. You can only assume it’s Kook, the small smile on his face confirming your belief. “Kook…” You warn softly, stomping on his foot with your heel. 
“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook asks, leaning forward slightly against the table as the two of you talk. You nod, turning slightly to talk to the entire group who’s otherwise becoming quieter as conversation runs out. 
“Thank you, Jin for inviting me out with you guys. I really appreciate it, I open tomorrow so I’m going to get going. I gotta get some sort of sleep tonight.” You smile, gathering your things. “One of you text me my part and I’ll PayPal, or Venmo, or cash app, whatever you prefer. It was really nice being able to hang out with you guys, you should stop by the café more often.”
“I’ll walk you out.” Jungkook offers, standing up. The members beside him don’t move, making you giggle. 
“Nope, I got it.” Joon smiles, “Plus I gotta ask Y/N about an assignment I'm working on.” Jungkook take’s the embarrassment like a champ, sticking his tongue out at Namjoon jokingly. Namjoon laughs, Hobi getting up to let the two of you out. 
Walking you out of the restaurant, Namjoon stands by the road as he watches for cabs. “You’re a liar, I have to ask about an assignment.” You mock him, making the two of you smile. “So what’s up Joonie?”
“Just wanted to check up on the two of you, make sure you’re doing alright.” He shrugs, shoving his hands in his pockets. A bit counterproductive if he were trying to wave a cab over, but you don’t mention it. 
“We had one date, Joon. I know you helped him, I’m about 99% sure of it.” You tease, poking his chest. Namjoon looks around the street, pretending he has no idea what you could possibly mean. “But there was a photographer in the garden, and they took pictures of us. They’ll probably be a dating rumor sometime in the future. I told Kook I don’t want to ruin the reputation he has, but he doesn’t seem to care about his reputation.”
Namjoon looks a bit surprised, “Kook hasn’t mentioned anything about the photographer in the garden. He just said the date went well and he had fun.”
“Well then don’t bring it up until it’s posted.” You chuckle. “He said they’d say we were together for some business deal, but I feel like it’s too obvious we were on a date. Even if your company says that, I don’t think people will really believe it.” 
“I don’t think Jungkook really cares when it comes to you, he just likes being with you a lot in general.” Joon explains, making you blush softly. “He was more upset about you not holding his hand in the restaurant than the photographer.”
That actually makes you laugh out loud, not expecting it. “People were staring at us!” You finally see a taxi, calling it over with vigor. “I should get going, gotta wake up early unfortunately. Let me know if Jungkook starts talking shit about me to you, I assume he tells you a lot more than he’d tell the others.”
“Hmm, I don’t know what you mean. No clue actually.” He jokes, pulling you into a hug before you leave. It’s comforting and familiar. “Get home safe, text me when you make it to your apartment.”
“I will, Joon. Go back inside, they’re probably missing you.” You laugh, jokingly shoving him away. “Be quick before people start taking photos of us too.”
Namjoon rolls his eyes, closing the taxi door after you’ve climbed in. With a small wave goodbye, he heads back into the restaurant to likely herd the members together. You text Joon as soon as you enter the apartment building, trudging to the elevator and eventually making your way in. Placing your phone on charge, you see a text flash across your screen from Namjoon. 
Kook said don’t worry about the money, he’s got it.
You’re beyond exhausted, not replying just yet. You almost pass out immediately when your head hits your pillow. 
______
From then on, it feels like you see at least one member every shift. For the next week that you work, one of them always pop up. You’re slightly concerned how well their appearance rate is, considering they don’t know your schedule. 
It’s exactly a week after yours and Kook’s date when you see it. The article you’ve been dreaded every waking second of the last week. Your fingers are flying to your text messages at the speed of lightning. 
Kook, did you see?!
See what?
You could strangle him, you really could. You send him the link to the article. While they blurred out your face, the title makes your stomach churn. Jungkook of BTS Debuts with a New Girlfriend! WHO IS SHE?
Fuck, I already told the company. They should be on it within the next day. 
What if they find out who I am?
They wont, I promise. 
Kook, your fans hate me. Lol.
Its a flurry of hate, despite not even knowing who you are. You quickly exit off of the article, doing your best to ignore it. You cant believe how much of a scandal the photo caused, and now everyone is freaking out over it. You just hope that Jungkook’s company can sort it out quickly so it doesn’t negatively affect him. 
The next day, Jungkook shows up to your apartment, knocking on the door. 
“What are you doing here!” You mumble, dragging him in by his shirt. “Kook, we really shouldn’t be seen together for a little bit, just until things get sorted out and calm down. If someone sees you standing in front of my apartment door, you’re done for!”
“You stopped responding to my texts, I got nervous!” The door clicks shut behind him, followed by the lock being done. “And I wanted to tell you that they’re putting out a statement today, so hopefully it’ll be cleared up by tonight. You need to ignore the comments and responses, people never know what they’re talking about when it comes to idol related stuff.”
“They think i’m ugly, kook. That’s not idol related.” You laugh despite it bothering you. “I just don’t want it to mess up your reputation, that’s all.”
“I’d mess up my reputation for you.” He smirks, grabbing an arm and pulling you close to him. You smile as you slam into his chest, immediately being wrapped in his arms. “I don’t like you disappearing and not texting me back. Especially with everything going on.” He sighs, resting his cheek on the top of your head. 
“Your fans don’t like me very much,” You giggle, trying to fight off the overwhelming dread for the sake of Jungkook. 
“I like you very much.” He smiles, “And i’m happy here, so it doesn’t matter to me.”
“I hate to break it to you, but i’m not in the mood to suck your dick again so. If that’s what you’re trying to get here, we’re gonna have to raincheck.”
“What?! I cant just come over to check up on you?”
“Without an ulterior motive?” You laugh, “I highly doubt it.”
“Listen, I know you’re upset. But I'll make sure it’s all sorted out, I promise.” Jungkook's voice is softer than before, making your heart hurt just a bit. 
“I’ll be alright, Kook. I’m big and strong.” 
“Have you ate today yet?”
“...No.”
“Y/nnnnn, you’re breaking my heart.” Jungkook dramatically exclaims, pushing you away from him. “Go sit down and I'll make us dinner.” You follow, plopping down on the couch and watching as he walks into the kitchen. You smile as he begins to survey your kitchen, collecting ingredients as he sees fit. As he begins to cook, he finally realizes you’ve been watching him the entire time. “Hey, you’re supposed to be relaxing! Put on your favorite tv show or something.”
To ease his mind, you follow along. It’s a little less than an hour when he finally brings two bowls, placing them on the coffee table. He disappears for a couple of minutes, bringing back drinks and a small side dish. “Thanks Kook, a bit dramatic, but thank you.” You laugh, grabbing a bowl and sitting back. He makes himself comfortable, scooting until he’s close enough for your legs to be touching. 
“I really don’t want you to feel bad about that article, Y/n.” Jungkook mentions after a few bites of food, an episode playing softly on the tv. “And I don’t want you to worry about my reputation or the rumors. I WAS the one that asked you out, not the other way around.” He emphasizes. “And I mean, I don’t even care. I had a great time, and I wouldn’t change it if I could go back anyway.” 
Eventually, the statement from his company is put out. The two of you read through it, (Jungkook refuses to let you read the responses underneath the article.) It puts your mind to ease slightly, and you hope that it’ll be cleared up soon. “If we keep going out together, people will know.” You sigh, resting your head on Jungkook's shoulder. “Eventually people will know we’re not just business partners.”
“If it gets to that point, I'll just say we’re sucking face every day.” He shrugs, making you smack him in his stomach. “I’m kidding, I'll say we’re fucking every day.” Another hit. 
“Kooookkkkk”
“Okay fine, I'll say you’re my favorite person in the whole wide world that makes me the happiest and cheers me up every day. And then fans cant be mad, because if they’re mad that means they don’t care about my happiness.”
The two of you stare at each other for an extended time, your face straight. “You’re a real smart ass, you know that?” You sigh, getting up and collecting the dirty dishes. You walk into the kitchen, beginning to wash them in the sink. Jungkook eventually comes to help, laughing slightly. 
“Just for you.” He smiles, leaning down to kiss the top of your head. As he helps you wash dishes, he sings softly next to you. 
The two of you clean up before settling back down on the couch, feeling like a domestic couple. You like it, but it’s more than you were ever expecting with Jungkook. Apart of your mind still thinks this is him, Jimin's and Taehyung’s elaborate plan to finally bag you. Truthfully, you hope that its not the reality of your relationship with Kook. 
“We have a performance coming up, a tv broadcast, this Friday. I want you to come.” 
“Kook, this Friday is tomorrow.”
“...Yeah. I still want you to come watch.”
“Wow, thanks for the early heads up.” You jokingly roll your eyes, tossing your legs over Jungkook's lap as you lay down. Jungkook’s hands immediately find your calves, massaging the muscle underneath. “How are you gonna sneak me in, so reporters don’t put two and two together with that article?”
“We put you in a STAFF shirt, obviously.”
“You’re lucky I like the other guys.” You sigh, making Jungkook dramatically place a hand over his heart paired with an obnoxious gasp. “Kook, can I have a kiss?” You smile, tapping your bottom lip.
“Don’t even have to ask.” He smiles, sliding in between your legs and easily slotting your lips together. Your hands find their place in his hair like always, Jungkook's elbows on either side of you keeping his weight up. “I love this.” he mumbles against your lips, quickly resuming the kiss. “Love just kissing you.” 
Jungkook's lips and hair are soft, easily getting lost in the feeling. He also allows his weight to fall onto you, his hands instead wrapping around your body and holding you close to him. Pulling away to catch your breath, you can’t help but smile at Jungkook who peers up to you. “Thank you for coming over to check on me.” You place a small kiss on his forehead. “And making me feel better.”
“Always.” Jungkook smiles. “We leave pretty early tomorrow morning.”
“I’m excited to watch you guys, not so much for cameras.” You sulk. 
“I’ll disguise you.” He laughs, placing his head onto your chest and beginning to watch the tv show. You continue to play with is hair, not paying much mind to the show and just thinking instead. Truly, you enjoy the little fling that you and Jungkook are having. You’re just a bit nervous with the media reaction and backlash you KNOW is under the articles. 
“Are you gonna spend the night, Kook?” You hum, twirling a piece of hair around your fingers. 
“If you’ll let me?” He has a hopeful look on his face, a small smile on his face. 
“Of course, Kook.” You smile, grabbing the blanket off the back rest and tossing it over the both of you. 
______
The next morning is an entire blur, Jungkook once again waking with a start as his phone rings off the hook. His panic sets into you, the two of you rushing to collect anything you’d need for the day. After you have everything you think you’ll need, the two of you rush over to Jungkook's house. (You insist on staying in the car.) Jungkook rushes out before speeding to the company building. 
The other members side eye you and Jungkook for a solid hour, you denying any allegations they speak out loud and Jungkook just laughing at you. “Here, I got you some merch.” Jungkook claims, earning a questioning stare from you and the others in the room. The “merch” is a shirt that says STAFF along the back, a black mask, and a bucket hat. “And to really sell it you can carry my drumsticks and Namjoon's bag that has all of his notes, and schedules, and speeches and other shit written down.” 
“Wow, so kind.” You roll your eyes, watching as Jungkook drops the two bags onto your lap. Surprisingly, Namjoon's bag is heavier than Jungkook's. 
“And you’ll ride in the passenger seat, get out after us, and then just follow us in.” Jungkook gives you a thumbs up, making you laugh. “Other staff will walk in with you, so it’s not just going to be you walking in on your own.”
“I’m glad you thought this out step by step, Kook.” You roll your eyes, moving the bags off of your lap for now. 
“And once you’re inside, there wont be any paparazzi or anything in the back.”
“Aw, lover boy has it all planned out.” Hoseok interjects, grabbing Jungkook's shoulders and shaking him around. It makes the group laugh, Jungkook beginning to fake fight with Hobi. As much as you tease and joke, you’re glad he thought of a way to keep you out of the cameras eye. 
The ride is longer than you thought it would be, awkwardly sitting in the front with the other staff member who drives. You glance back into the back to give Jungkook and Joon a dreadful stare, wishing you could be back there instead. It makes Namjoon laugh, Jungkook not so much as he also wishes you could be in the back. Arriving to the broadcast makes  you nervous, watching as an unbelievable amount of flashes go off as the boys climb out and head in. 
You follow Jungkook's master plan, walking in with the other staff. You thank the singular brain cell in Jungkook’s head, not a singular camera click going off as the group of you walk in. “See it worked!” Is loudly exclaimed the second you walk into the building, making you yelp and jump away. Jungkook stands to the right of the door, pressed against the wall to avoid pictures. 
“You have got to stop doing that.” You claim, jokingly placing a hand over your heart before slamming his drumsticks against his chest. 
Following Jungkook to the others, you squeeze past various camera equipment and staff, eventually entering the decently sized room where the boys are at. “Here you go, Joonie.” You smile, handing him his bag as you plop down next to him. “Jungkook’s plan actually worked.” You laugh, taking off your hat and mask. 
“That’s surprising.” Yoongi vaguely comments from another couch, making you chuckle. 
There’s not much for you to do, watching as the boys get ready and prepare for their performance. You watch the soundcheck and mic checks, the boys joking around. It’s about 30 minutes before the broadcast that everyone filters back into the room, everyone in their stage outfits and equipped with their in-ears and whatnot. You suppose this is the final little pow-wow as Namjoon begins to speak to the others.
“Are you excited to watch?” Jungkook beams, coming over and dramatically plopping down on top of you. “You can stay here and watch the tv, or come out to the stage and stand on the side and watch. I’d say you can sit in the audience, but you might draw some attention.”
“I think I'll just stand on the side of the stage, then.” You nod, making him laugh, 
“Don’t worry, if you come to a concert I'll make sure you have one of those VIP lounges.” He promises. 
“Wow, so sweet.” You roll your eyes. Namjoon has given you various opportunities to come to their performances and concerts, but you were often busy. You did go to some, don’t get it wrong, but it’s obvious to Joon that you can’t turn down Jungkook’s offers like you can his. 
“Okay, come on!” Jungkook hops up, grabbing your hand and dragging you up in one easy swoop. The boys laugh at the two of you, Jungkook leading the way. “You can stay here, you should have a pretty good view and I already told the staff about you. So they won’t think you’re a crazy lady or something.” You roll your eyes. 
“Go to your members, you need to get ready.”
“Give me a kiss before they come, please.”
“Kook….”
“No one is around, no one will see. Promise.”
You really can’t say no to him as you finally give in. His arms wrap around you, pulling you closer to him. “Go, Kook. Before they get suspicious.”
He finally listens, disappearing in the chaos of staff running around and cameras everywhere. He runs quickly, and you’re sure he’s once again late. Trying to stay out of the way of actual staff, you hug the wall for the entire performance. The view, like Kook mentioned, is actually very good.  You smile the entire performance, watching the boys beam as their fans cheer loudly. It makes you happy to see them so happy. 
They wave their goodbyes, small bows as they slowly make their way off the stage opposite of you. Gathering up all of your brain cells, you do your best to retrace the way you and Jungkook came. It takes you a bit longer, but you eventually find your way back to the room. “You guys did so good!” You beam, a giant smile as you hug Yoongi who was the closest to you. You make your rounds, eventually hugging all of the members but Kook, who was the farthest from you. 
“Kook! You looked so good out there!” You smile, coming over to where he sat on a couch. He didn’t respond to you, elbows resting on his knees as he stared at the floor. “Kook?” You ask, crouching down in front of him to try and get his attention. “What’s wrong? Why, Kook?” You mumble, seeing his eyes glossy as he fights off crying. “No, Kook. No, what is it?” You whisper, trying to not make a scene. 
(It failed, the 6 guys are currently watching you and Jungkook.) 
“I messed up…” He sniffles, finally crying as he feels one of your hands come to his face. You furiously wipe the tears that fall from his eyes, hands cupping both sides of his face. “I wanted to do good, since you were here to watch.”
“You did, Kook. I didn’t even notice, no one noticed it.” You reassure him, “You did so well, I was smiling the entire time! Don’t be upset, Kook.” He eventually calms down in your hold, tears slowing. “I was really happy watching you guys.” You smile, smoothing his hair in an attempt to comfort him. Jimin shuffles past, handing you a box of tissues. 
It makes both you and Jungkook laugh. Jungkook speaking up, “Thanks.” Jimin offers a thumbs up, which makes you smile. 
“I think they’re waiting for you to take pictures.” You mumble, a slight teasing tone behind it. Jungkook nods, watching as you stand up before getting up himself. 
They shuffle to take pictures, everyone teasing Jungkook as they pull him into the center. You smile, watching Jimin poke Jungkook’s cheek. 
“Come over, Y/N.” Namjoon gestures, opening on of his arms. 
“Oh, it’s okay.” You shake your hands. Namjoon rolls your eyes, grabbing one of your arms and pulling you into the group. 
Jimin smirks, pulling you into the center with Kook. Kook wraps an arm around your shoulder, the other hand coming to squish your face. You laugh, the camera’s clicking. Now it’s your turn as you hassle him into a fake chokehold, another camera click filling the room. Jungkook has a giant smile in both photos, making you smile. 
“We’re leaving in about an hour, until then there’s food and drinks.” A staff member informs you guys, everyone thanking him. 
Everyone settles down, you finding your spot on the couch by Namjoon once again. Jungkook plops down next to you, making no move to grab something to eat. “Kook, you should eat.” You mumble through your bites of food. He doesn’t respond, making you roll your eyes. “You should listen to your elders more.” You scold, grabbing a bowl of noodles and placing them in his hand. 
You let go of the cup, leaving it to Jungkook to hold onto them. “You’re lucky this didn’t spill all over my lap.” Jungkook sighs, finally sitting up and beginning to eat the noodles. 
“It would’ve been your own fault.” You shrug, making Joon laugh beside you. 
Everyone eats and makes conversation with another, a smile on your face almost the entire time as you listen to them. The hour flies by, eventually everyone collecting their belongings. You grab Namjoon's bag and Kook’s drumsticks, placing your mask and hat back on. 
“We’ll see you in a bit, make sure you find the other staff members.” Joon smiles, giving you a quick hug before you have to run off. You once again thank Jungkook as not a single click goes off as you walk out, finding the right van and climbing in. 
You and the driver awkwardly sit alone in the van until the boys come out. Namjoon, Yoongi, and Jungkook climb into the van you're in. The other members getting into the one in front of you.  The ride back to the company building is just as long, Yoongi and Namjoon taking a small cat nap. 
“Y/N, come sit with me.” Jungkook whines from the back, making you raise an eyebrow. 
“I don't know if that’s a good idea, Kook.” You laugh. 
“Please, I just wanna nap. The window is too hard to rest on.” He explains. He’s sitting all the way in the back by himself, Namjoon and Yoongi in the middle two seats. 
“No funny business, Jeon.” You threaten, unbuckling. You apologize to the driver profusely as you climb over the middle, eventually making it into the back. You’re careful not to bump into Yoongi or Namjoon. With a sigh of relief, you finally make it. Jungkook smiles, unbuckling his seat belt and immediately resting his head in your lap. “Let me buckle up first, if we get into a car crash we both don’t have to die.”
One of his arms rests underneath your thigh, making himself comfortable. “Thank you, Y/N.” He smiles. 
“Don’t tell me you’re still upset, kook.” You sigh, hearing it in his voice. 
“I’ll be okay.” He smiles, glancing up to you before rolling back forward. 
“You did good, I mean it. And I'm just not saying that, I really think it was amazing. I’m sure all of your Army loved every second of it.”
“I know but it wasn't army it was for you-”
“Shhhhhh,” You slap one of your hands against his mouth, earning a lick to your palm. You wipe the spit onto his shirt, a look of disgust overtaking your face. “It was for me, and I loved every second of it. Stop being so hard on yourself.” You sigh, hands resting in his hair. “Take a nap, Kook.” 
You’re not sure when he falls asleep, but he eventually does. You’re unable to sleep, the position too uncomfortable but you really don’t mind. You stare out of the window the entire time, watching trees and numerous street lights pass you. It’s not until you hear a click that your attention is brought back into the car. 
“…Shit.” Yoongi mumbles, quickly hiding his phone. 
“Cmooonnnn” You complain, whining. Yoongi only laughs at your distress. 
“What? It’s cute, plus I wanna show the other guys. Maybe they’ll stop teasing the two of you so much if they know how much you mean to Kook.” He defends his actions. “And before you ask, because I know you’re about to, no I didn’t show anyone the video.” 
“…Thank you Yoongi.” It actually was the question you were about to ask him. “But don’t get my hopes up, I don’t think I mean all that much to him.” You sigh, glancing down to the boy in your lap. With the small trio they have, you’re convinced they’ve created some elaborate plan to get Jungkook into your pants and that’s the end of the little fling. You suppose you can only delay the inevitable so much. 
“Hmm, if you say so.” Yoongi side eyes you, eventually turning back around and placing an earbud in. He sends you the photo soon after, and you assume that’s also when he sends it to the group chat as you can hear Joon's phone also ping. 
From then, it’s not long after that you arrive at the company. Joon wakes up on his own, somehow knowing the van was stopped for real now and not just at a light. It’s almost scary, his intuition. Kook is still passed out in your lap, earning him a series of aggressive shakes. (You finally learned that Jungkook is a heavy sleeper, you gotta use some force.) After a bit, you get a very groggy “Huh?” 
“We’re at the company building, get up.” You answer, watching as he slowly pushes him self up off your lap. Glancing around, he finally gains his bearings. You follow Yoongi and Namjoon out of the van, stretching your legs and back for what feels like the first time in years. “Joon, I left yours and Jungkook's bags in the passenger seat.” He nods, wiping the remaining sleep out his eyes as he walks around to the front. Jungkook finally hobbles out, the car door being shut. 
“Okay, i’m gonna get going. Today really took it out of me.” Min dramatically explains, pretending to sleep on his hands. “I'll see you guys soon.” Yoongi smiles, giving the three of you a hug before making his way. 
“Where are the others?” You mumble, not seeing their van at the building yet. 
“Apparently they stopped for food on the way over.” Namjoon explains, “They’ll be here in like 10ish minutes probably.” 
“I’m tired, I don’t feel like waiting 10 minutes.” Jungkook grumbles, standing behind you and placing his cheek on your head. “C'mon, I'll give you a ride home Y/n.” 
“Get off of me,” You joke, pushing Jungkook backwards. “You just slept for like 2 hours. Plus I wanna say bye to the others and thank them for letting me come today.” 
“I'll add you to the group chat, let’s go.” Jungkook is dragging you away before you even have a chance to refute him. Namjoon just laughs at the two of you, watching as you jokingly scold him. 
“Bye Joon! Get home safe!” You call, waving to him before Kook rounds a corner. “Jungkoookkk, I wanted to say bye.” 
“They’d just tease us for the picture anyways.” He mumbles, eventually pulling you under his arm rather than dragging you by the wrist. He’s right about the picture, your face warming slightly. “Who even sent that? Yoongi? Namjoon?” 
You let out a small sigh, “Yoongi. He said it was cute or something, you know how he is.” 
Jungkook doesn’t say anything, walking to the car. He still opens the passenger side door for you, allowing you to climb in before softly closing it. You try to pinpoint why he’s acting so odd all of the sudden, but you really can’t. As he drives in silence, not even the radio playing, you know something’s for sure wrong. “Kook, it might be a bad time to ask. But what’s wrong…” You mumble, watching as he leans his head on his hand, elbow resting on a small divot in the door. 
“I just wish…I don’t know. That we didn’t have to hide I guess.” He mumbles. “From the cameras, from my members, from my fans.” 
It makes you smile, “Kook, I see where you’re coming from, but we’re technically just hook up buddies right now.” You laugh. “What would you say to your fans, here’s the girl i’m sleeping with!!” The joke finally makes him crack, a small chuckle coming from him. “|And your members only tease us because they love you, and you’re their youngest. They’ll get over it eventually.” 
He has a small smile on his face, nodding his head. “I guess you’re right.” 
“To cheer you up, let’s go to your house instead?” You propose, trying to hide the smile on your face. It eventually cracks through when Jungkook side eyes you, a hopeful gleam in his eye. 
“Anything for you, Y/n.” He smiles, redirecting to his house instead. He doesn’t live far from your apartment, maybe a 20 minute drive if you’re speeding (Kook was.) “And here we are, the Jeon household.” He dramatically claims as he pulls into his garage. 
“I hate rich people.” You and Jungkook say at the same time, your eyes wide as you stare at him. (You stop saying it after that.) 
“I knew you were gonna say that.” He laughs, climbing out. You follow, allowing Jungkook to lead the way in. “Bam, my Doberman, is at training right now so he’s not here. So you don’t have to worry about him.” 
“Holy shit you have a big house.” You mumble as you walk into the living room. “It looked big on the outside but it’s somehow bigger inside.” 
“I guess the designers were good at their job.” He laughs, sitting down on the couch. You take your spot next to him, easily finding yourself underneath his arm. “Maybe I shouldn’t take you to performances anymore.” Jungkook bluntly says, catching you off guard for a moment. He realizes, a small chuckle following. “Because I just wanna kiss and hug and cuddle you too much.” 
“God, Kook.” Is all you can mumble, making him laugh. “Right, make a group chat.”
“Huh?”
“With all of the members, so I can thank them remember? We should do it now before we forget.” You smile, watching as he slowly reaches for his phone. He makes a show of pretending it’s the most painstaking task he’s ever done in his life. He sends a message, a small vibration in your back pocket as you reach for it. 
Kook: Y/n wanted to declare her undying love for me in front of everyone 
You: Jungkook’s brain is rotting 
You: I just wanted to say thank you guys for letting me come to the broadcast today to watch you guys perform. It was really fun and I enjoyed it a lot. You guys all did amazing, i’m super proud of all of you! <3 
Jinnie: Awwww our little Y/n :,) 
Jin's message makes you giggle. 
Joonie: anytime Y/n, we always love having you around. You’re always welcome to tag along. 
Jiminie : sent an attachment 
It’s the photo Yoongi took on the way home, you finally using that as your cue to exit out of the group chat. 
“They’re already starting.” You laugh, placing your phone onto the coffee table. 
“See, I told you.” Jungkook cockily declares, reaching over and hoisting you up. “They would’ve just teased you if we sat there and waited for them.” 
“I don’t like it when you’re right.” You tease, allowing your hands to slide up the bottom of his shirt. You allow your hands to roam his torso, feeling any muscle they come across. “I don’t like not being able to tease you all day.” You continue to complain. “Or kiss you whenever I feel like it.” 
“You can around the members.” Jungkook smirks, voice slightly breathy. 
“Your little trio would enjoy it too much.” You smile, watching his reaction. “Jimin yanking down my shirt to look for any hickeys?” 
“Honest to everything, I didn’t think he was going to do that.” He defends, making you laugh. 
“He said you won’t tell them anything about us, so he wanted to do his own investigating.” You explain, watching as his ears turn slightly red. Before you can explain himself more, you hike the t-shirt up and over his head. You close the space in between the two of you, pressing your chest against his as your arms hold onto his shoulders. 
“I don’t want to tell them private details regarding you, because I feel that that’s an invasion of privacy.” He mumbles, making you smile. 
“Good.” You smile. 
“You know, this is fucked up.” Jungkook whines, making you raise an eyebrow. “This is like some fucking my coworker roleplay.” Your still slightly confused as jungkook’s face burns bright red. “Your shirt, look at your shirt.” 
Oh right, the staff shirt you were currently wearing that was slightly too big on you. It makes you let out a loud laugh, Jungkook slightly embarrassed. “I hate you, I really do.” You continue to laugh as you climb off his lap. “Where are your condoms bun?” 
“I uh, uhm, uhh. Sorry, in my bedroom on in the right bedside drawer.” He stammers, making you smile. 
“Okay, now where’s your bedroom?” Jungkook cant be anymore embarrassed, he thinks. 
“Go down the hall, at the very end make a left. Go down that hall and then at the very end the right.” 
You stare at him for a couple of moments. “I'll yell for you in case I get lost.” You laugh, beginning the journey. As complex as it sounded when he told you the directions, you find the room easily. There’s little action figures on a shelf, signaling that this is for sure Jungkook's room. Rummaging through the bedside drawer, you find what you’re looking for. “I found some stuff, bun!” You call, walking back into the living room. 
The look on his poor face as you present your findings makes you smile. “Goddamnit I forgot that was in there!” He complains, tossing his head back against the couch. To your delight, you found his Fleshlight and bottle of lube, both unopened. 
“You can’t leave toys in there and expect me not to play with them, bun.” You smirk, climbing back onto his lap. Placing the bottle of lube up to his lips, “Bite.” You watch as he easily follows directions, biting the plastic from the cap and easily tearing it off. “Y’know, you should look more enthusiastic than that or I'm not gonna let you cum.” You grin, watching his face fall. “Don’t worry bun, I'll make you feel good.” You smile, finally getting the box open and tossing the lube and Fleshlight aside for now. The box lands somewhere behind you as you throw it across the living room.
Your lips easily slot together, a satisfied sigh coming from Jungkook. “Can I please take off your top?” He whines against your lips, hands sliding just slightly underneath the fabric to rest on your skin. 
“Sure bun, but that’s it.” You mumble, watching him celebrate as he easily strips the staff t-shirt and tosses it onto the coffee table. Pulling you closer, the two of you let out a hum as your skin makes contact. Jungkook's skin is warm against yours, riling you up as you kiss him harder. It’s hard to feel through the thick material of your jeans, but by the way his hips grind against you, you’re sure Kook’s the same way. 
“I love this, Y/n.” Kook whines, pulling your body closer to his. “Like feeling your skin on mine.” He mumbles against your lips, biting them softly. 
“Kook?” 
“Hm?” 
“Can you get up for a sec?” He nods, following whatever you ask from him immediately. You could tell him to eat you out for hours and he’d do it. He watches as you shuffle to one side of the couch and sit sideways, patting the area in between your legs. “Strip, then sit with your back facing me.” 
“Fuck Y/n.” He whines, following. Your eyes watch every move he makes, his ears burning but your gaze making him even harder. He places himself in between your legs, both hands holding onto your thighs that rest on either side of him. “I'm not used to this.” Jungkook admits, softly placing his head back and resting it on your shoulder. 
“You seem to like it, Kook.” You tease, allowing your hands to roam his torso. Just before you get to the base of his cock, you slide your hands up. “Look how hard you are right now.” You hum, placing a warm kiss onto his neck. 
“I know.” He whines, hips twitching from the lack of touch. His hands squeeze your legs, fingertips making indents in your jeans. 
“You like this, Kook?” You ask, ghosting your hand over his shaft. 
“A lot.” Kook whines, finally letting out a small moan as you wrap your hand around him. You lazily jerk his cock, watching how his abs clench from the slightest touch you give him. 
“You’re really sensitive today, bun. Are you gonna cum early?” You tease, biting down softly on his shoulder but not leaving a mark. He whimpers as you move your wrist faster, head resting on your shoulder as he tries to minimize the sensation in his head. He only picks his head up when your hands disappear, looking for the reason. “My sweet Kook, buying a Fleshlight just to throw it in his drawer and forget about it.” You smirk, looking at the completely new toy in your hands. 
Jungkook can’t help but flush a bright red, watching as you play with the lips of the Fleshlight he’s never touched. Your fingers teasingly push the lips apart, dipping in your first knuckle as you feel the inside. “It’s okay if you cum early bunny, this is your first time with this hm?” You can just barely see the look on his face as you bring it up to his face, holding it just in front of his mouth. “Lick.” 
The hold you have over him is undeniable, Jungkook ignoring the slight embarrassment as he follows your instruction. You apply pressure against his tongue as he licks and sucks, lewd sounds bouncing around the living room. The sight is almost porn to your sore eyes, unblinking as you watch him eat out the fake pussy in your hand. Your legs involuntarily squeeze around his frame in between you, watching as his pink tongue easily slips into the clear center. Pulling the toy away, a sting of saliva connecting his lips to the toy, he lets out a shaky breath. “That was hot, definitely got you fired up now.” 
He embarrassingly nods his head, feeling his cock twitch. His eyes are fixated as you now fumble for the bottle of lube, eventually finding it on the cushion. Popping it open, you squirt a considerable amount onto his cock. “Ah, cold.” He whines, hips jerking up into the air. You quickly gather it on one palm, slowly jerking his cock to spread it around. You wipe the excess off of your hand and onto the toy, making Jungkook whine as he tosses his head back. “I can't watch this, I'm gonna cum too soon.” 
“Tell me when you’re about to come.” You whisper, watching as he nods his head on your shoulder. Passing the Fleshlight to your right hand, you can’t help but smirk as you slowly drag the toy along his shaft. His cock twitches at the new sensation, abs clenched as your hand rests on top of them. “Hopefully you’re ready Kook.” You smile, easily slipping the toy over his head. The moan he lets out is nothing but sin, your untouched core clenching around nothing. 
“It’s tight,” He whimpers, head still on your shoulder as you begin to slide the toy further down. His cock is almost too big, head just less than an inch away from hitting the top. The poor toy is stretched around him, bulging out at the end. 
“Bun, your cock is almost too big.” You whisper in his ear, making him shudder. “Look.” Slowly, he picks his head up. You’re right, his cock is almost breaking the poor toy. “That just means it feels even tighter wrapped around you.” You smile, beginning to move the toy. Your pace is agonizingly slow, watching as Jungkook twitches and bucks his hips slightly. The room quickly fills with moans and whimpers, Jungkook unable to hold them back. (He’s also not embarrassed anymore since you like them so much.) 
“My little Jungkook fucking a clear Fleshlight just for me.” You hum, licking along his ear. The sensation makes him shiver, hips jerking particularly hard as you gently suck on his lobe. You eventually move the toy faster, relishing in all the noises Jungkook whines into your ear. 
“Gonna cum already.” He whimpers, picking his head up slightly to watch as the toy sinks down onto him. “Cum-“ Before he can finish his statement you rip the toy off, using the heels of your feet to pin his legs down to the couch. His head falls back onto your shoulder, whimpers spilling from his lips. His hips try to buck into the air, cock twitching. 
“Calm down?” You smirk, setting the toy down carefully so that the open end doesn’t touch the couch. You take your time to tease, hands running along every inch of skin you can reach besides his cock. “Let me know when you’re not close anymore.” You smirk, gently flicking a nipple. 
“Y/n?” 
“Yeah Kook?” 
“I never want you to stop touching me.” He whines, closing his eyes as he rests on your shoulder. “Okay, I'm good.” 
“How many more do you think you can take?” You smile, beginning your ministrations once again. 
“Without-fuck.” He hiccups as you slide the toy over him, “Without losing my mind, maybe two more.” 
“I'll be nice then and this will be the last one.” You smile, beginning to move the toy faster. You get an even bigger reaction from kook, watching his hips buck into the toy slightly each time you pull it back. The grip on your legs is even tighter, likely leaving little fingerprint bruises in your thighs. “You’re gonna leave marks on me, bun.” 
“Good.” He moans, face scrunched up in pleasure. you can see the faint reflection of the two of you in the window glass, definitely a sight to see. 
“You’re doing so good for me bun,” You smile, twisting a nipple with your free hand. It makes him whimper, body twitching at all the sensations happening at once. “So fucking hot, Jungkook.” You smile, kissing along his neck. Your forearm is on fire at this point, praying to god you don’t lose grip of the Fleshlight and send it flying. 
“Gonna cum.” Kook whines, fingers digging into your legs particularly hard. Once again, you jerk the toy off his length and watch as he searches for any friction. Your heels wedge themselves once again onto his legs, restraining how much he can actually buck his hips. 
“How was that one?” Jungkook can hear the tease in your voice, riling him up. 
“It hurts.” He whines, letting out a small hum as your hands begin to roam his body once again. “Wanna cum bad, really bad.” 
“This time you can cum all you want.” You smile, slipping his cock back into the toy without warning. His hips jerk forward, almost slamming into the end of the toy. The beginning pace is brutal, faster than the last two. It makes Jungkook whine without any restraint, body twitching hard. “Inside the toy or outside, bun?” 
“Inside.” He whimpers, readjusting his grip on your legs and holding closer to your calves. You assume it’s to stop you from hooking your heels over his legs and preventing his movement. You let it slide, you already said he could come this time so there’s no use in stopping it. 
“I'm close, Y/n,” He whimpers, turning his head slightly as he bites gently onto your neck. 
“Don’t leave a mark.” Your voice is stern as you move your wrist faster, watching as he begins to time his thrusts to meet the Fleshlight half way. 
“Coming.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering as he comes. You continue to fuck the toy onto him, slowing down a considerable amount as you help him ride it out. He’s quickly overstimulated, one hand coming up to hold your wrist still as the other pulls your hand away from his nipples. “Holy shit,” He huffs, body still twitching slightly. 
“You’re almost touching the top.” You mumble, making him look down at the toy. 
“Fuck, Y/n.” He lets go of your wrists, watching as you slowly pull the toy off and flip it up. Jungkook's chest rises and falls rapidly, trying to catch his breath. The gentle kisses you place along his skin are slightly lost to him, mind fuzzy as he recovers. 
“You did good, Jungkook. That was honestly the hottest thing I've ever seen.” You smile, placing a final kiss onto his cheek. “I'm gonna go clean this out and I'll be back. I think you bought a cleaning set that was also in your drawer.” 
Jungkook sits up, allowing you to squeeze out from behind him and make your way down the hall. You snatch your shirt from the coffee table before making your way, but Jungkook doesn’t notice. You quickly wash it and set everything out to dry on the bathroom counter, trying not to laugh at how ridiculous it looks. Setting the cleaning solution back into his drawer, you can see various other toys that you survey before shutting the door. 
“Kook! Can I borrow some pants?!” You yell from his room, waiting to hear an answer. You jump slightly as the door swings open instead. 
“You scare easily.” He chuckles, walking into his closet. “I have my sweatpants that might be kind of big on you, or I have the ones you loaned me earlier that I washed and dried?” He offers the options, holding up two pairs. You take yours before heading into the bathroom. 
You’re met with the same situation as Kook the other week, the debate on if you wear your sticky underwear or not. With a sigh, you leave them on before changing out of your pants. “Also, everything has to dry before you put it back together. Otherwise it’ll be moldy and disgusting, and I'm sorry Kook, but I will not touch your moldy dick.” You lecture, making him smile as he falls down onto his bed in new pants, still shirtless. 
“You wouldn’t touch me?” 
“Ew…” That makes the two of you laugh, “Did you throw away the box that it came in? I just threw it somewhere in the living room.” You laugh, plopping down beside him. 
“Eh, I'll get it tomorrow.” He makes a brief motion towards the living room, brushing it off. You both agree on something to watch, Jungkook getting up and closing the door and shutting the lights off before climbing back into bed. 
“Did you enjoy it Kook, it wasn’t too much right?” You ask, watching as he opens his arms for you. You close the distance, wrapping your arms around him and softly rubbing his back. You can’t really see his face from how you’re laying, but you listen intently. 
“I liked it, Y/n. l like trying new things with you.” He hums, leaning over to kiss your forehead. “Also, I'm gonna repay the favor one day, and make your legs shake around my head.” 
“Hmm, I know you will Kook.” You smile, cuddling into him. “Not today though, I'm tired. I didn't sleep in the car.” You yawn, closing your eyes. 
“I had a feeling you were gonna say that.” He laughs, making you smile. “Goodnight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, kissing the top of your head. 
______
You’re woken up by a loud banging coming from the living room, you slowly sitting up from the covers. “Kook?” You mumbles, turning to him and shaking him roughly. The banging is really loud, making you nervous. “Kook, wake up please.” You speak, getting onto your hands and knees and beginning to shove him around. 
“What’s wrong?” He mumbles, eyes still closed as he holds onto your forearm. “What is it?” He asks, finally opening his eyes and sitting up. 
“There’s someone at the door, they sound angry.” You mumble, releasing your grip on him and allowing him to sit up. “I didn’t wanna check it on my own.”
“Stay here, I'll go look.” He says, climbing out of bed. You stay in the room, watching the door that he just left. You can hear the front door open, Jungkook and another person talking back and forth. Getting up, you press your ear against the door. 
“Did you bag her yet?” It sounds like one of the younger members, but you can’t tell who it is through the distance and door. “Namjoon told me that you took her home last night.”
“No, man. It’s not like that.”
“What do you mean? It’s always been like that, finally getting the so-called man eater in bed.” You can hear footsteps walking around the living room. “Really, a Fleshlight? So you didn’t fuck her.” You can hear the box hit the ground as it’s likely kicked, not being picked up from the other night. 
“It’s not like that anymore, I thought you knew that.” 
“You’re full of shit, Kook.” You can hear him laugh, likely throwing the box out as they walk further away. 
“Don’t you have a flight or something to catch?” Jungkook sighs. You can hear the front door open, followed by a series of stomps which you can only attribute to them shoving each other regarding the door. “I’ll talk to you later.” And then the door closes. You shuffle your way out of Jungkook's room, belongings in hand from the other day. 
“Can you take me home Kook?” You ask, clicking your phone on to check the time. 
Jungkook looks stressed out, jumping slightly at the sound of your voice. “It’s not like that Y/N. He doesn’t know what he’s talking about, and that, what he said, isn’t true.” He’s gesturing around the room. “I suppose it was like that, but it’s not like that anymore.”
“It’s okay Kook, plus it’s not like we’re dating.” You smile softly, trying to ignore whatever the feeling in your chest is. “Technically we are just hooking up. I have work later…so I wanna go home and get ready.”
“Y/N…”
“Kook, just bring me home.” You sigh, holding your jeans and your dumb staff disguise from the broadcast. Your phone is in your sweatpants and your bag is over your shoulder. You feel unbelievably stupid standing in front of him. 
He sighs, “Give me a couple of minutes.” You nod, watching him speed walk past you. He gets ready quickly, coming back out. “Okay, we can go now.”
You nod, following him out to the garage. You slip your shoes on, feeling Jungkook’s eyes on you. You don’t say anything, avoiding his stare as you walk out to the car. He doesn’t open the door for you, focused on locking the garage door. You get in quickly, quite honestly not wanting him to open the passenger side for you. The ride is unbelievably quiet, music playing in the background the entire ride. Pulling into the parking lot, you can see Jungkook ramping himself up. 
“Y/N, I really don’t want you thinking-”
“Kook, it’s okay.” You smile. “I don’t think you should walk me up, though. Just in case someone sees us walking in together.”
Jungkook could cry, truthfully. “Okay.”
“I’ll see you around.” You smile as you place a quick kiss onto his cheek, climbing out of his car. As you walk in, you turn around and wave bye with a smile. You don’t have work until later on in the day, working a closing shift at the café. 
Yoongi, can you come over please. Before you answer, it’s about my Jungkook situation. So be prepared for a lot. 
Always, Y/N.
You send him your address, giving him a brief rundown of how to get to your apartment after arriving at the building. It takes maybe 30 minutes before you hear knocking at the door. Looking out of the small peep hole, you see Yoongi with bags in both hands. You open the door for him. “Heyyy,” You mumble, stepping out of the way and allowing him to walk inside. 
“I’m just gonna assume that something happened, so I brought over some food and drinks.” He smiles, showing off the bags. “And I'm already prepared to hear whatever inappropriate details that you inevitably are gonna spill, either intentionally or accidentally.”
You can’t help but laugh, walking into the living room after shutting the door. Yoongi follows, setting the bags down before plopping down. “I’ll try to spare you the details like I do Namjoon.”
“Please do.” That makes you laugh once again. 
“Okay so a brief rundown starting from when I first met Kook.” You tell Yoongi all of the major details that are essential to the plot, sparring the minor details that would scar his image of his youngest. You assume you’re doing a good job, because Yoongi hasn’t once made a funny face or shocked expression. You finally get to this morning’s event, eyes watering slightly. You laugh, slightly frustrated at yourself for being so upset over something seemingly stupid to you. You never were supposed to get so attached to Kook, you KNEW it was the man-eater story that sparked his interest in you. 
“So yeah, I’m not sure which member it was that came over this morning. I asked Kook to take me home after that, and I can tell it upset him because he knew I was upset at him.” You laugh. 
Yoongi stares at you for a couple of moments, collecting his thoughts before beginning to give any of his advice. “I’m going to say something that you’re not going to like, and you’re probably not going to believe. You’re just gonna have to believe me here.” 
You nod, preparing yourself for whatever news he has. 
“Jungkook does actually like you.”
“Ugh, come on Yoongi.”
“Hey, I said you’re gonna have to believe me! This is not believing me.” He complains, pointing an accusatory finger at you. “I think that some of the members don’t believe him when he says that he likes you, but I genuinely think that he does. The way he talks about you and always wants you around him isn’t just wanting to hook up.” Yoongi explains, trying to get you to believe him. After this, you begin to eat the food that he brought over. 
“Yoongi, I heard this morning that-”
“Did Jungkook say it himself? That he just wanted to hook up with you and then dump you?” You shake your head no, he does have you there. “That’s just what whoever came over thinks, not what Jungkook thinks, trust me. I don’t think I've ever heard Jungkook talk about someone the way he does about you.”
“Okay Yoongi, you’re buying drinks when I eventually let him fuck and then he leaves.” You mumble in between bites of food. 
“Okay Y/N, you’re buying drinks when I’m right and that doesn’t happen.” He counters. 
“On second thought…I take that back.” Yoongi busts out laughing. “I hear that you’re right a lot. And you know Jungkook better, so whatever.”
“I promise you, he does like you. Before he invited you to the broadcast he was practically running around like a madman to accommodate you.” Yoongi explains, grabbing some food for himself. “He was so upset after the performance because he wanted everything to be perfect, not for himself, but for you.” 
“Stop getting my hopes up, Min.” You sigh. “It’s not good for my heart.”
“You have to stop being so stubborn. You’re just like him.” Yoongi laughs. 
“Yoongi, I kind of like him. Like actually like him.” You embarrassingly admit, your face flushing a bright red. 
Yoongi stares at you for a while. “No shit, Sherlock.” You’re even more embarrassed.
You and Yoongi spend the next couple of hours together, talking about whatever was naturally brought up in the conversation. Eventually, you do have to get ready for work. Yoongi understands, helping clean up from your shared meal. “I’m gonna go and let you get ready for work.” Yoongi smiles, wiping down the coffee table. 
“Thank you, Yoongi. Really.” You smile, wrapping him in a hug. You genuinely appreciate him coming to listen, despite giving you debatable information. 
“Anytime.” Yoongi smiles, hugging you back. “I’m happy to see my little kids falling in love, having their little fling.” He smiles. “I’ll come visit you at work.” He says before he leaves.
Yoongi carries out his promise, coming later on in the night. You scold him for being out so late, but you suppose he’s used to having late nights. You used your employee discount for his drink, sneaking the baked treat to him. You use the excuse that you throw them out at the end of the day and bake them fresh the next day, which is true but regardless. You had to convince him to take it. 
“I told Kook you’re working the nightshift.” Yoongi smiles. 
“God damn it, Min.” You sigh, shaking your head. 
“He’ll be here in maybe 10 minutes.” Yoongi giggles as he leaves the coffee shop, waving as he walks past the window. 
Yoongi is right often, and once again, he’s right about this situation. Jungkook comes in maybe 8 minutes later, a sheepish look on his face. You don’t even know what to say to him, the two of you looking at each other for an extended amount of time. 
“What can I get for you?” You smile at him, walking to the register. 
“Y/N, you have to believe me.” Jungkook whines, beginning his dramatics as he slumps over on the glass display case. He leaves another Kook-Stamp, making you smile. You could strangle him, you could. “I’ll do anything to prove it to you, I swear.” 
“Jungkook, you say that a lot you know.” You laugh. “I’m not mad at you, Kook. You don’t have to apologize to me.”
“I swear I don’t just want to hook up and then run, even though that’s what he made it sound like.” Jungkook continues to whine as he continues to drag his face along the glass. He’s doing a good job at making your job harder.
“Kook, even if you do that’s okay. That’s the pretense I started talking to you anyway.” You laugh. You don’t want him to say things he doesn’t mean, and right now it seems like he’s doing exactly that. “I like whatever little relationship we have going on.”
“Me too.” Jungkook nods. “I really like it too.” 
“What can I get for you, Kook?” You smile, reaching over and peeling his face off of the case. 
“When do you get off?” You’re still holding his face in your hand, watching as he melts into your touch. “I wanna take you out on a date.”
“You know that’s not a good idea.” You smile at him. 
“A date, at my house. Just me and you.” 
You roll your eyes, “Sure Kook, I’d love to. For now, what can I get for you?” 
You do the same thing as you did Yoongi, sneaking him a baked treat and a drink. You’re not sure your manager would really care, considering who they are, but regardless you pretend that you’re sneaking it. 
“When do you get off?” He asks as he sips on the ice coffee in hand, awkwardly holding his treat in the other. 
“In about 30 minutes.”
“I’ll wait for you.” He smiles, sitting down at a table. He does, watching every now and then as you do your closing tasks. He’s resting his chin on one of his hands, a soft smile on his face. You jokingly wipe him down with a rag, trying to wipe the table that he’s at. “Wow, a free drink and a free bath?” He laughed. “Customer service is really improving.”
“I need you to stand up from the table.” You laugh, Jungkook not getting the hint. He eventually stands up, watching as you wipe down the table and chair. “Okay, all done. Let me clock out really quickly.”
Afterwards, you meet Jungkook by the door. He makes up for not being able to open the door for you this morning, making a show of beating you to the passenger side. You can’t help but roll your eyes, climbing in. “Okay, to my house?” He smiles, buckling up. You nod, reaching over and grabbing his hand. Jungkook smiles, beginning to drive.
“I gotta ask, Kook. How much is this “date” going to be an actual date? And not just us fooling around on your couch.” It makes Jungkook burst out laughing. 
“I would say maybe 95% date, and 5% fool around on my couch if I get lucky.” You can’t help but roll your eyes slightly at him, trying hard to not laugh. 
The two of you don’t have much to talk about for the rest of the car ride, a comfortable silence falling over the two of you as music plays. Arriving at his house is no different, not a lot needing to be said as you head inside. Your interest is piqued as Jungkook walks through the house, making his way into the backyard. Without a word, you naturally follow him. The backyard is decorated with various fairy lights and small lanterns on the grass. The small path leads to a blanket, a small picnic arranged in the middle of the yard. 
“Kook, you’ve really outdone yourself.” You can’t help but smile at him, the effort making your heart fuzzy. 
“I know we can’t really have public dates, so I’ve gotta get creative and find other alternatives.” Jungkook laughs. “And Jin maybe, perhaps, helped me make the food. But don’t give him credit, it’ll go to his head.” He quickly explains, making you giggle. Jungkook dramatically plops down onto the fluffy blanket, patting the area next to him as he peers up at you. Eventually, you cave and plop down along with him. You easily find your seat underneath his arm. 
“I really appreciate your effort, Kook.” You smile. 
“Listen, I want to explain-”
Before he has a chance to continue on speaking, you slap a hand over his mouth. His eyes are wide as he stares at you, making you giggle. “Shhhh, you’re ruining the mood. You don’t have to, you don’t owe me an explanation.” 
“I want you to know that what he said isn't true. Not true in the slightest. I can’t really prove it right now, so in the meantime just take my word for it.” He explains. 
“Alright, if you say so.” You smile, rolling your eyes. You rest your head on him, eyes closing slightly. You’ve had a long day and you’re a bit tired, but enjoying the little date regardless. “I hope you thanked Jin for me.” You smile, reaching for a dish and beginning to eat. After a bite, you offer Jungkook some, feeding him. “I can feel  you staring at me, Kook.”
“Sorry.” You’re almost able to imagine the blush on his face. “I just think you’re really pretty, y/n.” 
Glancing over, he’s still staring at you. “I thought you said we would have a date. Stop trying to butter me up to sleep with you.” You tease, sticking your tongue out at him. It makes the two of you laugh. 
“God, can’t even compliment you anymore.” Jungkook complains, laying down on his back. He peers up at the stars, examining any constellations. You listen as he tells you about them, a fond smile overtaking your face involuntarily. He’s especially cute right now, wearing his signature comfy clothes as he shares his knowledge with you. Every now and then, he opens his mouth for a bite of food, which you give him. 
“You’re really cute right now, Kook.” You can’t help but smile at him as he glances up. 
“Wow, who’s buttering up who now?” He jokes. Eventually, you set the dish down and carefully join him laying down. Cuddled up to his side, you’re not exactly looking at the stars and more or less looking sideways. Jungkook continues to talk about the stars, moon, and planets as you listen. “You’re not even looking at the sky with me.” He whines, realizing after a solid 10 minutes. 
“I like listening to you talk.” On the verge of falling asleep, you have to sit back up. If not, you would definitely fall asleep on Jungkook’s chest. Jungkook asks about your day, and with a small pang in your chest you feel guilty. You could lie, but at this point it wouldn’t really matter. “I called Yoongi over to talk, because you hurt my feelings.” You laugh out loud, watching as Jungkook’s face falls. “Don’t worry, he reassured me. I’m not sad about you anymore.”
“...I don’t know what that means.” Jungkook mumbles. 
“No, Jungkook. I didn’t fuck Yoongi.” You roll your eyes, watching as he lets out his breath. He does an exaggerated whew which makes you laugh. He goes to the full extent of wiping fake sweat off of his brow.  “God, you really think I sleep with everyone. You have some issues.”
Jungkook sits up, wrapping you in his arms before easily dragging you down to the blanket. “Just gotta make sure, otherwise me and Yoongi would have to talk.” He threatens, holding up a fist before placing his arm back down. With your head resting on his arm, facing each other, you can’t help but smile. 
“Yoongi and I are good friends, Namjoon introduced him to me first.” You smile. “He’s almost like another Namjoon to me, but less clumsy.” 
“So like a brother?”
“Yeah, I suppose-”
“Good.” Jungkook cuts you off, a shit eating grin on his face. 
“What if I told you, you were also like a brother to me?” You laugh, watching his expression. 
“Well, that would be some fucked up step-brother porn shit.” He shrugs, allowing his eyes to close slightly as he pulls you closer. You genuinely don’t understand Jungkook and his porn references, but you assume it’s a young man thing. 
“You must watch a lot of porn, Kook. You’re always referencing it.” You chuckle. 
“What do you mean?”
“The co-worker role-play shit and now the step-brother porn scenario.” You laugh, realization finally washing over his face as he remembers his previous reference. “Yeah, you weirdo. You make them a lot.”
“Eh, you like this weirdo.” Kook smiles, pulling you in even closer so that your foreheads are touching. You can't open your eyes and look at him without laughing, so you close your eyes for now. “Y/n?” You hum slightly to acknowledge him. “What if we were to actually date? Like officially date, boyfriend and girlfriend?”
You laugh, thinking he’s joking. You feel like you’re in middle school again. “Your fans would assassinate me.” You joke. Jungkook doesn’t really laugh, but it doesn’t really strike as odd for you. “They definitely wouldn’t be happy that I somehow bagged the golden maknae, the sweet, hot, charming, funny, attractive, perfect, good at everything, youngest member.” You exaggerate, finally making him chuckle with you. “And also, it would probably make you less popular with the ladies, and what superstar wants that?”
“I only want to be popular with you.” He mumbles, making you smile. Your hands come to play with his hair, every now and then smoothing it back down. 
“What? No asking new girls to smash at every one of your shows? Is that not something super popular bands do anymore?” You continue to tease him, a soft smile never quite leaving your face. You like teasing him like this, leaving him defending himself. 
“We’re not some metal rock band, y/n.” That makes you giggle. 
“Doesn’t mean you can’t ask people out. What’s the one contract you have to sign, that says you can’t tell anyone you fucked a famous idol?” You continue to nag. 
“Yyyyyy/nnnnnnn.” Jungkook complains, shaking you slightly in his arms. 
“Okay, okay.” You smile, the shaking stopping. “I like this Kook, spending time with you.”
“I do too, a lot.” He nods, agreeing. The two of you spend maybe another hour outside, mumbling conversations every now and then. Your eyelids feel heavier as the minutes tick bye, eventually remaining closed for the entire conversation. You suppose Jungkook opens his eyes eventually, noticing. “Are you tired?”
You nod, feeling slightly bad. “I’m alright though, I’m enjoying the date you set up for us.” You can feel Jungkook shuffling slightly next to you, not really assuming anything. The kid moves around often, sometimes being unable to sit still for 5 minutes. In one easy swoop, Jungkook easily lifts you off of the floor. “Kook!” Your arms fly around his neck, eyes slightly wide. 
“I got you.” He smiles, easily walking into the house. Laughing at him pushing the glass door open with his ass, he continues in. He continues into his room, “Awww, jagiyaaaa.” He jokes as he carries you bridal style, tossing you onto his bed. 
“Ugh, I hate you.” You smile. 
“My sweet wife.” Kissing your forehead, he disappears back into the hallway. While he didn’t tell you what he was doing, you can only assume that he’s cleaning up the backyard. It would be unfortunate if the two of you woke up to raccoons in the backyard ransacking Jin’s food. He comes back in, dramatically plopping down next to you. “Not tired anymore?”
“My adrenaline is going from you launching me in the air, Einstein.” Jungkook smiles at you, clearly proud of himself. “Hmm, Kook?” He hums. “Kiss?”
“Fuck yeah!” He cheers, easily hopping onto his knees and making his way over. You hate him, you do. With a smile, Jungkook quickly finds his place in between your legs, connecting your lips. Your legs wrap around his waist, teasingly pulling him closer to you. “Oh?” He asks, a palm coming to hold your thigh that’s around him. 
“Shut up.” You pull him closer by his hair, earning a deep groan from him. Your lips slowly slide together, kisses extremely soft. It’s oddly romantic, something you’re not used to with Jungkook. While it’s unfamiliar, it’s not unwelcome. “Kook?”
“Fuck.” He complains, sitting up slightly. “You’re about to ask me to do some shit that doesn’t involve pleasing you.” 
“It does please me, you know I love seeing you like that.” You correct him, watching as he jokingly rolls his eyes. Leaning up, you place a small peck onto his lips. “I want you to-”
“Let me guess dry hump you until I cum?” He jokes, placing a gentle kiss onto your jaw.
“I mean, I was gonna let you fuck my thighs but yeah. I like that better.” His face goes blank, making you laugh. 
“I’ll take your deal, please I’ll take your deal.”
“Nope, too late. You can fuck my thighs next time.” You laugh. “Get to dry humping Kook, I wanna hear you.”
“It’s like I’m back in high school.” It makes you let out a loud laugh, unable to hold it back. As much as he pretends to hate it, he did come up with the idea. The feeling of your thighs squeezing around him goes to his head, mind running wild. After your little laughing fit, your lips softly reconnect. The both of your hips grind together, eventually finding a decent rhythm. Your kisses are broken up by Jungkook’s soft whines and whimpers, shooting to your core. 
“Do I make you feel good, bun? Do you like this?” You gently whisper, placing a kiss to his neck. A louder moan is drawn from him, head falling into your shoulder. “My sweet bun, so good for me.” You continue, pulling softly at his hair to pull his head up. You connect your lips, biting softly onto his bottom lip. 
Jungkook’s hands move to hold your hips, grinding them against himself harder. His moans and whines slowly become more frequent, beginning to get the signature look on his face. His eyebrows furrowed together slightly, sweat forming above his brow. His lips are red from kissing and biting them, slightly shiny. His eyes are also closed, losing himself in the feeling as his hips grind harder against your core. 
“Bun, you’re doing so good.” You smirk, grabbing one of his wrists slightly. He easily allows you to move it, unsuspecting as you slide it underneath your shirt. You allow your shirt to hike up, bra fully exposed. 
“Can I take it off?” Jungkook whines, lips finding your jaw once again. “Please y/n.” He lets out a small moan as you easily reach around, popping open the clasp. It’s torn off in zero seconds flat, quickly being thrown across his room. It almost makes you laugh but you suppress it for the time being. Jungkook’s mouth easily makes its way down to your chest, hot kisses leaving a trail. 
Jungkook does a thorough job of leaving hickeys on your chest, finally being able to leave a mark that won’t be seen. He’s too interested in your chest that his hips cease their movement, making you smile. “Alright, that’s enough.” You pull his head back up to kiss him, grinding your hips to remind him. 
“Never wanna stop kissing you.” He mumbles against your lips, grinding your hips against his harder than before. His fingertips hurt your hips slightly, holding them tightly. You watch as he loses himself once again, eyes falling closed. “Never wanna stop trying things with you.” He whines, kissing you harder as his hips continue to grind against you. It doesn’t feel amazing to you, but seeing Kook fall apart because of you makes your mind feel cloudy. You’ll never get over having him like this, just you and him. 
A particularly loud whine falls past his lips, head coming to rest in the crook of your neck again. There's a giant smile on your face, “Are you close bun? Do you feel good?”
“Almost.” He whines, slight frustration in his demeanor. 
“Kook, lay on your back.” You smile, watching as he immediately follows your instruction. He’s painfully hard in his sweatpants, hips jutting into the air. You easily straddle his hips, weight fully resting against him. “You’re so sensitive, bun.” You can't help but smile, pulling your skirt up slightly, Jungkook’s face scrunches up, watching your panties grind against his bulge. His head is thrown back slightly against his pillow. “Feel better?”
“Mhm, yes.” He whines, hips jutting up every now and then, whines spilling past his lips. The sight is almost too much for him, watching as you grind against him, one hand holding your skirt up to give him a show as the other rests on his thigh to stabilize your movement. Your tits sway with your movement, an extra sight for Jungkook's eyes. “Gonna cum.” A loud whine falls past his lips, hips beginning to grind in time with you. Your skirt eventually falls, both hands having to hold yourself up. 
“I can feel you, so warm.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering slightly. So close but so far, his mind reeling. 
“Go ahead and cum, bun.” You smirk, watching as his head easily falls back. With a small whine of your name and his hips stuttering against you, you know. You continue your movement, watching as he twitches slightly underneath you. His hands come to your hips, stopping the movement before it begins to hurt. It makes you smirk. “You did good, Kook. You should clean up.” your lips easily meet, slowly sliding against each other as he comes down from his high. 
“If we ever argue again, no matter what it is, just know that it’s not true. I like this too much to argue with you.” Jungkook explains, making you roll your eyes at him. You have to fight the urge to laugh, still securely sitting on his lap. 
“Go change, nasty.” You tease, climbing off his lap and beginning to search for the bra that got launched across the room. You can finally laugh, the bra quite literally being all the way across the room. You get dressed, Jungkook disappearing somewhere into his closet to find new clothes. Exhausted, you happily climb underneath his covers. 
“Y/n?” Jungkook mumbles, coming out of the closet once changed. You hum. “When I get the chance, you’re coming 5 times on my tongue alone.”
“I’m sure Kook, I’m sure.” You smile, patting the bed. You watch as he sails through the air, landing directly next to you. You don’t have the energy to scold him, rolling your eyes as you scooch closer so you’re touching. 
“Not tonight.” The two of you say in unison, your eyes widening slightly as you try not to laugh. Jungkook has a cocky look on his face, slowly being able to predict your reactions. You finally chuckle, rolling your eyes as you slap a hand over his eyes. 
“Go to bed, just go to bed.” You sigh, making him chuckle. 
“Thank you Y/n.” Jungkook mumbles, wrapping his arms around you as he pushes his face into the crook of your neck. It makes you smile, twirling his soft hair in your fingers. You hum slightly, not knowing what he was really thanking you for. “For spending time with me, and treating me like a normal person. And not Jungkook of BTS.”
“If I treated you like Jungkook of BTS, it would go to your head too much.” You laugh. “I like Jeon Jeongguk more anyways. Always nervous and sweet and cute. If you acted like some stuck up superstar I think we’d fistfight.”
“I’d win.” He laughs, vibrations sprawling along your skin. 
“Nah, I'd punch you straight on your dick.” You comment, another laugh being pulled from him. “End the fight before it even starts.” Jungkook just hums, not saying anything else as he allows himself to drift off. You can’t help but smile, placing a kiss on his forehead before following. “Night Kookie.” 
______
You’re woken up by the door clicking shut, sitting up in the bed. Jungkook’s warmth lingers next to you, recently here. “Kook?” You mumble, rubbing the sleep out of your eyes as you glance around the room. A small Yeah? Comes from the bathroom, voice being drowned out by the sound of the shower. A bulb goes off in your brain, a giant smirk on your face. “Kook? Can I join you?” A shit eating grin is irremovable, plastered across your face. 
“I- huh? What? What did you say?” He stutters and you can almost imagine the look on his face. “I mean, if you want to. If you’re comfortable?”
“Close your eyes, don’t open until I say.” You smile, clicking open the bathroom door. You can see his figure in the glass, slightly foggy from the hot water running. You’re not 100% sure if his eyes are actually closed, but you give him the benefit of the doubt as you quickly strip down. The sound of your clothes hitting the floor is almost music to his ears, Jungkook’s mind going into overdrive as he faces towards the shower head (eyes closed because he listens.) 
His ears strain as he listens to you, hearing the soft pad of your footsteps make their way into the shower. “You really don’t have to if you’re not comfortable-” Jungkook speaks up, hearing you step in behind him. His words are cut short as he feels you press against his back, arms snaking around to rest on his chest. “T-this isn’t showering together.” His face is hot, ears a deep red. 
“I didn't say shower together, I said join you.” You giggle, allowing your hands to roam his body. “You can open your eyes now if you want, but you can’t really see much.” You chuckle, lightly dragging your nails along his skin. 
“You’re gonna be the death of me.” He whines, chest pushing into your palms as you glide them over his muscles. He can feel your tits against him, pressed flush together. “Can I hold you?” He whines as your hands move further down, almost agonizingly slow. 
“I'm not moving from behind you, so if you can find a way, sure.” You smile, resting your cheek onto his skin. Jungkook does find a way, reaching behind him and allowing his hands to rest just on your ass. It pulls you closer, your body now almost entirely flush together. 
“Fuck, I can’t believe you’re naked and I can’t even see you.” Jungkook complains, taking the opportunity to grab the flesh underneath his palms. 
“You’re so whiny.” You roll your eyes, gently taking his cock in one hand. “And so painfully predictable.” You tease, feeling the hard on in your fist. 
“I have a naked lady pressed up against me, it’d be more embarrassing if I wasn’t horny.” He justifies himself, making you laugh lightly. You take the time to rile him up, slowly moving your loose fist as the other hand continues to run along his skin. Your fingers easily find a nipple, pinching it just enough to earn a loud whine from him and feel his hips thrust forward. 
“Always a smart ass.” You smile, tightening your hold slightly. “You’re extra responsive today, what’s up bun?” You can’t help but carry on, feeling his cock throb in your hold. Your other hand comes down as well, both fists pumping his cock at a slow pace. 
“You’re just so close,” He whines, head falling back slightly. “And your skin feels so warm against me.” He continues, hips gently rocking as he gets used to the pace, meeting your hands each time. Jungkook's moans echo off the shower walls, mixed in with the running water. “I wish you could always be around.” He babbles, a small blush creeping up on your face. 
“Do my hands feel good wrapped around you, bun? Want me to go faster?” You mumble against his skin, kissing the shoulder you’re hiding behind. 
“Nope. Feels so good, enjoying the time with you.” He whines, hips thrusting forward slightly harder. 
“Are you watching Kook? I wish I could see you fucking my hands.” You bite his skin lightly, not enough to leave a mark. “You probably look so good.” You smile, squeezing your hands slightly to emphasize your point. It earns a throaty moan from him, cock twitching in your hold. 
“I'll come too fast, I wanna enjoy this with you.” He answers, voice soft. You swear he could melt you with words if he tried hard enough, the burning in your ears worsening by the second. 
“Y’really know how to sweet talk a girl, bun.” You crack a light joke, releasing one hand to roam his body once more. It’s more for you than him, fingertips tracing every curve and muscle that they come across. Jungkook also releases one of his hands, coming back around to his own body. You’re not expecting it to grab your wrist, catching you off guard as both of your hands stop their movement. 
You can't see what he’s doing, nor the soft smile he has on his face. He slowly pulls the hand up, placing the softest kiss possible onto your palm. He continues, gently folding your fingers before placing another soft kiss onto your knuckles. “Love spending time with you,” He whines, rocking his hips back into your stilled fist. It almost snaps you back in reality, momentarily forgetting what you both were doing since you were too focused on what he was doing. 
The burn in Jungkook’s face is undeniable, and he’s glad you’re behind him this time. His chest feels tight with too many emotions he can’t tell you currently, and even if he did you wouldn’t believe it. His heartbeat is erratic, beating so hard he can hear it in his ears. Saying I love you wouldn’t be right just yet, especially in the current circumstance the two of you are in. So for now, he’s just got to put love somewhere in the sentence. 
“Me too, bun. Me too.” You smile, tightening your hold and slightly picking up the pace in an attempt to recover your composure. Your other hand also comes down to resume the position the two of you were in before, Jungkook picking up the pace as well as he rocks his hips into you. “Wanna hear you bun.” 
He gives you exactly that, allowing soft whines, whimpers, and moans to bounce off the tile walls. The shower fails to drown out the noises this time, the echo of Jungkook overpowering the water. “Close.” Jungkook whimpers, eyes closing hard as he focuses on the feeling of your hands wrapped around him. “So close.” 
“You’re doing so good.” You mumble, kissing along his skin in between sentences. You gently tighten your hands, watching as his hips falter a bit in their pace. “My good boy-“ You can't even finish your sentence before Jungkook’s hips pause, a loud whine falling past his lips. His cock throbs slightly, fingers digging into your skin as he rides out the high. You know he gets overstimulated easily, continuing your movement to see how much he takes before he pulls your hands away. (Spoiler alert, it’s not much.) 
“That caught me off guard.” His face is bright red, trying to calm himself before he turns to face you. 
“The ‘My good boy’ bit or?” You chuckle, reaching forward to rinse your hands off. “You can finish your shower now, bun. I'll stop disturbing you.” You giggle, back hugging him and kissing his shoulder one last time. 
“Wait, can you wash my hair?” (He really wants you to stay longer, and he secretly not-so-secretly loves your hands in his hair.) 
“What, so you can look?” You jokingly groan, making him giggle. 
“I’ll close my eyes, pinky promise.” He dumbly shoves his hand backwards, pinky outstretched. You can’t help but roll your eyes, linking your pinkies anyways. He spins around quickly, eyes shut. Jungkook's palms immediately reach out to find you, finding their place on your waist and resting there. There’s light red marks from your nails along his torso, looking extremely erotic as he stands in front of you. 
“You’re so cute.” You giggle, genuinely not believing he’s standing in the shower in front of you with his eyes closed. “Let me get the shampoo.” As soon as your hands hit his hair, Jungkook realizes he’s struck gold. He instantly melts, head leaning into your palms as you massage the shampoo in his hair. A small hum of content comes from him, your fingertips massaging his scalp and temples gently. 
“Holy shit,” He mumbles, eyes closed as you continue the mini massage. The look on his face makes you giggle, thumbs gently massaging his temples once again. Leaning forward, you place a gentle peck onto his lips. 
You continue to place periodic kisses, Jungkook’s face permanently a smile. “You want me to condition too?” You laugh, stepping into him. He gets the hint, stepping backwards underneath the water as you rinse his hair. He nods with a shit eating grin. You repeat the process, your arms slightly burning from reaching up for so long. 
“I'll wash your hair too.” He claims, making you giggle. 
“With your eyes closed?” 
“Of course.” He begins to fumble around the bottles, looking for the shampoo bottle. You have to help him, placing the bottle (he wasn’t even close) into his palm. “Got it, got it.” 
“Please don’t get it in my eyes, Kook.” Pleading, you step closer to him and rest your hands on his torso. Feeling with the back of his hand, he finds the top of your head before beginning to lather the shampoo into your hair. It feels good, both of his hands massaging your scalp. You now understand the hype he gave this. Jungkook matches your antics, leaning down and giving you small pecks. 
The two of you laugh uncontrollably as you shift sides in the shower to rinse, feet shuffling as you spin 180 degrees. He carefully rinses your hair, trying hard not to get any shampoo in your eyes despite not being able to see. You one again shuffle around to rinse the conditioner in his hair out, small chuckles filling the shower. “Your hair is soft.” Jungkook mumbles, hands resting on the nape of your neck. 
“It doesn't even have conditioner in it.” 
“It's just always soft,” He shrugs. You watch him fumble around once again, looking for the conditioner bottle this time. You have to help him, this time setting it in front of his hands rather than passing it to him. He celebrates finding it himself, which makes you fight the urge to giggle. 
“Just the middle and end, Kook.” He nods in front of you, once again finding your head before following your instructions. He makes sure to condition it thoroughly before spinning the two of you around again, rinsing it. “If you wanna wash your body, you’re doing that yourself. You’d like it too much if I did it.” 
“I already did before you snuck in here, missy.” Jungkook smiles, “And that’s a missed opportunity for you.” 
“What’s that supposed to mean?” 
“Your hands would be able to touch every single inch of me,” Jungkook cracks, gently grabbing your hands and jokingly running them along his chest and abs. “People would kill to do that.” 
“Yeah, every inch right Kook?” You laugh, reaching around his body and grabbing his ass in your hands. It makes him jump slightly, a loud laugh bouncing off the shower tiles. 
“I mean hey, if you want.” He smiles, hands resting back in your hair. Kook gently pulls you closer, chests pressing together. 
“You can open your eyes now-“ His eyes shoot open immediately, “You won’t be able to see anything though.” It’s true, looking down the most he can actually see if your cleavage pressed against him. “Pervert.” You roll your eyes. 
“I like spending time with you.”
“You say that often.” You lean up, pecking his cheek. 
“It’s because I mean it.” He giggles, stepping back into the stream of water. You raise a brow as the two of you are covered with water. Jungkook laughs, easily connecting your lips and pulling you closer to him. “It’s like kissing underneath the rain.” It makes you laugh out loud, pretending to push him away. 
“Close your eyes, i’m getting out.” Waiting until he fully closes his eyes, you let go and almost scurry out of the bathroom. You steal the towel he had laid out for himself, collect your clothes from the floor, and begin making a dash for his closet to ransack his sweatpants and t-shirt collection. You can hear grumbles from Kook, complaining about the missing towel. You trail off into the living room, plopping down onto the the couch. Kook eventually joins you in the living room controller in hand, sitting in the corner of the large u-shaped couch and swinging his legs up.  
You don’t think much of it, watching as he powers on the large tv and his game system. With ease, Jungkook easily drags you over, pulling you across his thigh to sit in between his legs. “You always sit so far away from me.” He laughs, wrapping his arms around you as he easily pushes the buttons on his controller. Your back rests against his chest, head just below his chin as he easily peers over you at the screen. 
“All this couch space and we’re just taking up a little piece of it.” You giggle, resting your hands on Kook’s thighs next to you. “What are you playing?” You can almost see the grin on his face as he clicks on Overwatch, answering your question without actually saying anything. He easily starts a round, selecting Widowmaker without a second thought. “Woowww, pick the half naked girl with insane proportions. I should’ve guessed.” You tease. 
“I- what? She’s a good character!” Jungkook defends, making you chuckle softly. Despite defending his choice, he quickly changes it to McCree. Before you have another chance to tease him about his character change, he begins the round. 
There’s not much conversation after that, watching as Jungkook plays his game with well practiced skill. He’s extremely good, but it’s no shock to you. Eventually he does change back to Widowmaker, offering nothing other than a quick shut up, before he resumes the game. With the change of character, he’s just as good if not better. You assume that he uses her the most while playing, well adjusted to her fighting style. 
“Here, you play.” Jungkook announces, moving his hand off the controller and replacing it with one of yours. He goes the same with the other side, stifling his laughter as you lamely hold the controller in your hands. 
“I can’t, Kook. I don’t know any of the controls. I’ll get shot 2 seconds in.” It also doesn’t help that he’s high rank, meaning the difficulty level is super insanely unbelievably hard. 
“It’s alright, we’ll get used to it.” Kook says softly, placing his hands over your own and clicking your thumb down, beginning the game. You’re able to quickly conclude that this isn’t going to go well, but it’s going to be funny at least. Jungkook plays the game more than you, moving and jamming down your fingers whenever it is needed. You can’t help but laugh, Jungkook frantically trying to move your fingers from button to button as you’re being shot at. “Press L2!! L2 Y/n!” His body jumps slightly as you’re shot again. “Shit! Move move! Run away!”
You’re almost cackling at this point, trying hard to keep any tears out of your vision. “Wait wait! I can shoot them!” You laugh, finally familiar enough with the controls to actually act on your own. You get a couple of shots in before you have to run again, not even sure if they died. You just know that you at least did damage. 
“You got them!” Jungkook beams, “Baby’s first kill.” He begins the dramatics, wrapping his arms tightly around you and rocking you in his hold. You laugh, attention taken away from the game. You’re killed soon after that, but neither of you really care. “You’re eventually gonna beat my skill, maybe even kill me in a game.”
Rolling your eyes, the rocking slows to a stop. “I highly doubt it.” With a smile, you hand the controller back over to kook and encourage him to play another round if he wants. After a couple more rounds, Kook switching between characters as he felt, you’re finally feeling the results of not eating all morning. Slipping from his arms, you make your way into the kitchen in search of anything edible. 
“Whatta ya looking for?” Jungkook eventually asks as he hears the fridge open, clicking out of his game. With the new distraction, Jungkook stretches out on the otherwise empty couch. “I haven't been grocery shopping in awhile, so there’s maybe a singular crumb in the fridge currently.”
“I’m reheating the food that Jin made, thank god for him.” You roll your eyes, unpacking the food that Jungkook put up on his own last night. You can hear Jungkook complain somewhere in the living room, mentioning Don’t give him too much credit, remember?
Once hot, you bring the food containers into the living room, setting them down on the coffee table. Jungkook immediately takes the opportunity, placing his head on your lap. “What if you just stay here?” Jungkook boldly mumbles, “And I can come home from work everyday to you lounging around my home.” You give him a look before redirecting your focus back to your food. “Come home to my sweet girl, make dinner together, kiss, cuddle on the couch, go to sleep.”
His eyes drift clothes, daydreaming. You deliver a sharp flick to his forehead, watching as he jolts up and places a palm over it. “Reality to Kook? I gotta go soon so let’s eat together, instead of you being a weirdo.”
“You have to go?? Just stay here with meeee, I'll give you half of my paychecks.” He complains, jokingly wrapping himself around you and pretending to never let go. You roll your eyes, beginning to wedge your feet in any crevices, shoving him away from your body. You shove him to the other side of the couch, keeping your legs on the cushions to maintain the distance. 
“You’re a freak.” You joke, offering him a bite from your spoon. He reluctantly takes it. “I have off on Friday if you wanna do something again.” You smile, already knowing that Jungkook is going to begin in antics. 
“Friday?! That’s so far away, 5 days!” Jungkook whines, hands coming up to grab your calves and thighs. “I’ll have to visit you at work everyday, otherwise I won't get by!” He continues to complain and whine, really cranking up the dramatics. 
“You’re a super busy idol, I'm sure you’ll have plenty to do.” You laugh, watching as he lays on his stomach in front of you. Jungkook’s really not sly in the slightest, but you’re also extremely used to his antics. Slowly, he places both of your legs over his shoulders as he crawls closer. “Ugh.” You joke.
“Y/n, you kill me. You really do, god what I'd give to just taste you once.” Kook whines, wrapping his arms around your thighs as he holds them. Turning his head, he places a kiss on your inner thigh through the sweatpants. “I’d give you a month’s worth of my paycheck, I would.” 
“Do you hear yourself right now?” Taking a final bite of the food, you place it over onto the coffee table. “You look like a starved man right now.” You jokingly place your hands in his hair, pulling and tugging as if he were actually eating you out. He groans softly, eyes falling closed for a moment. 
“I am, I've been starved since our first date.” 
“My poor boy, you're just DYING.” You joke, letting go of his hair as you get more comfortable. Your legs are still resting on his shoulders, Jungkook unmoving. “Soak it all in, because I've gotta go soon.” You roll your eyes, watching as he rests his head extremely close to your core. 
Leaving is the same as always, Jungkook trying hard to convince you to stay. He continues to make a show of opening the passenger side door, getting in, and trying to convince you once more before leaving. Once at your apartment, he tries to walk you up, being met with the usual saying. He knows you’re terrified to be caught, but he’s slowly losing his care for it. “We can't be seen TOGETHER, Kook! People will freak out!” You reiterate, watching as he fakes a tantrum. “I’ll see you Friday, Kook?” You smile.
“100%” Jungkook nods. You give him a quick kiss before getting out, waving to his car before walking in the building. 
Walking up by yourself is a bit lonely, and it’s almost like you’ve gotten too used to being with Kook. You don’t think the next 5 days would really be that bad, but as they begin to drag along you’re starting to feel like Jungkook in the car. 
Jungkook’s been just as busy, working every day. He visits only once, coming in for maybe 15 minutes. Despite being very much in public, he demands at least one kiss before leaving. 
“I’ll have my usual.” He smiles, pressing his face on the glass display case. You’re convinced that he does it now as his signature and to annoy you. He watches you make his drink and bag his treat, tossing it to bounce off his head. He barely reacts, likely tired from his long day of work. 
“Aw, my boy’s tired.” You coo at him jokingly, reaching over the glass to hold his face in your palms. He gladly accepts it, a smile forming on his face. “You have a long day at work?” He nods, seemingly too tired to talk. “I’ll hurry and finish your drink.” Jungkook shuffles over to the pickup area, still not saying much. “Kooook, you’re worrying me.” 
“I’m just tired. I woke up really early and alone. Would have so much more energy if I woke up next to you.” He smiles, watching as you roll your eyes at him. 
“I think it would be exactly the opposite.” You laugh softly, placing the drink in his hand. “But I miss you too, Kook. Since that’s what you’re trying to say.”
“I really do miss you.” He nods. “So much so that I want a kiss.” 
That makes you side eye him, searching for any sign that he’s joking. He’s unfortunately not, beginning your flurry of complaints to begin. “Kook, I’m at work. And people can walk in and see, or even walk by the shop.” You whine. Jungkook continues to stand in front of you, leaning over the counter towards you. “And my manager can walk out and see, or a coworker. Seriously, Kook.”
“Just a quick kiss, no one’s around. It's late Wednesday night, no ones gonna come.” Jungkook justifies his actions, puckering his lips. “Just a peck.”
“Kook.” You whine, watching as he’s obviously not changing his position. “You owe me.” You sigh, leaning over your half of the counter and kissing him. 
“I owe you a lot, I’ve told you this.” Jungkook smirks. “It’s just based on whenever you’re gonna let me actually make it up to you.”
You can’t help but laugh at him, “Get out of my store.” You push him away from the counter. “I’ll see you Friday.” 
Jungkook blows you another kiss as he leaves, “I’ll text you.” 
______
The days feel like they drag by even slower after that, Friday eventually coming. Jungkook texts you bright and early at 6 am. I have work until 4, but after that i’ll be over at your place. 100%  You kind of wish he also had the day off so you could potentially do something, but you understand regardless. Just as promised, Jungkook is beating on your front door at a prompt 4:30 pm. 
“God! I’ve never been more happy to leave work.” Jungkook whines, quickly walking in. He drops the bags he’s carrying onto your kitchen counter, immediately coming over to you and wrapping you in his arms. “It’s like torture, being away from you.” Jungkook whines, shuffling the both of you towards the couch. You giggle the two of you topple over, Jungkook landing on you with a small oof. “Jimin made fun of me for running out of the building.”
“You must’ve had to speed over here to get here in 30 minutes.” Glancing over to the bags on the table, you correct yourself. “15 minutes, since you picked up food.” You rub his back softly, your free hand coming to rest on his head as you hold him. His arms are wrapped around your torso, hugging you tightly. 
“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook mumbles into your chest, making you laugh. 
“Nope, do you?”
“Nope.” You can feel him smile into your skin. “I’m not leaving this couch with you. Gonna lay here forever.” It makes you smile. 
“We should go out later.” You smile, “Every time we’re together we sit on the couch and fool around.” It makes the both of you giggle. 
“I thought you didn’t want to be recognized?” 
“I don’t want YOU to be recognized.” You correct him. “But maybe if we go to a busy market, no one will notice us together. So if someone stops you, I can just keep walking and pretend I don’t know who you are.” You joke. 
“Wow, so romantic.” While you can’t see, you can imagine Jungkook rolling his eyes. 
“What do you suggest?”
“We go out and make out at the busiest club in Seoul.”
“...I’m no longer taking suggestions from you.” You pull his head up slightly to look at each other. “Your suggestion privileges are revoked. Anyways, smart ass, the market is maybe a 10 minute walk from here. If we leave around 12, and the market closes at 3 am, we should have plenty of time.”
“I’d love to go with you, Y/n.” Jungkook finally concedes, shifting up and giving you a kiss. “For now, we should eat before it gets cold.” 
The two of you seemingly have a routine, heading towards the kitchen. Jungkook grabs the food and brings it into the kitchen, you grab drinks, paper towels, and anything else you may need. Once sitting down on the couch, a show is quickly put on as background filler before the two of you begin eating. 
“The members are still giving you hell?” You ask in between bites of food. 
“The older members, no. They think it’s cute now I guess. But Jimin and Tae still think it’s funny I guess. It’s probably just because they’re so close to me in age.” Jungkook laughs, shrugging. “Plus, we always give each other hell. Tae and Lisa, from BlackPink, went to Paris together and Jimin and I wouldn’t stop making jokes about them smashing.” He laughs at his own joke. 
“Oh, so that’s who that was that morning?” You laugh. “Don’t you have a fLiGhT tO cAtCh!” You mock Jungkook’s voice, watching as his eyes widen slightly. 
“Listen, he didn’t-”
“Shut up.” You laugh, pretending to slap your hand over his mouth. At this point, you know that he’ll just lick your palm so you don’t. “I’m not mad at him, I don’t care Kook.”
He can only sigh in defeat, which makes you laugh. For the next couple of hours, the two of you don’t care to do very much. Jungkook is stuck to you like glue, complaining about his withdrawals he’s had since being away for 5 days. It’s a bit dramatic, but it makes the fond feeling in your chest grow even more. The two of you take turns lying on each other, only shifting when it begins to feel like one person is crushing the other. (Jungkook doesn’t feel like that, you insist on switching because you think you’re crushing him.) The conversation is minimal, the two of you mumbling random topics every now and then. 
“I still think you should come live with me.”
“I think you need to stop thinking.”
“I think it would benefit us both.”
“You’re thinking with your dick.”
“...Maybe.”
You can only laugh at him, no rebuttal truly needed. It’s maybe an hour before you plan to leave that you make Jungkook get off, taking your time to get ready. He complains that you’re too far, following you like a lost puppy around your small apartment. 
“You really have separation anxiety, these last 5 days really killed you.” You tease, doing light makeup in the bathroom. Jungkook sits on the closed toilet seat, watching. 
“Can I put on your gloss?”
“You’re really killing me.” You can’t help but laugh, the sparkle in his eyes as he stares at you undeniable. You hand him the gloss, quickly finishing the rest of your makeup before allowing him to do the gloss. He’s about to get up when you stop him, sitting down on his lap. “Alright, knock yourself out.”
“The blood is rushing to my head.” Jungkook mumbles, making you laugh as you reach for his hair. “Other head.”
“I hate you.” You stop talking so he can put on the gloss, not wanting to get it all over your face. You choose not to indulge his dick talk, easily getting off his lap and making your way out of the bathroom. “I guess we’re ready to make our way out?”
“You look so hot, this isn’t fair.”
“I’m not even wearing anything that nice?” You question, shrugging him off. If he keeps it up, the two of you won’t be going anywhere besides your bedroom. “Stop trying to sweet talk me and put your shoes on. I hope you have a mask, or a hat, or something, Jungkook. You’re pretty recognizable.”
“I’ll cover up just for you.” He smiles. “But I have a hat in my car, so we’re gonna have to make a stop before we walk to the market.”
As much as he can be a smart ass, you genuinely enjoy spending time with Jungkook. Walking to the market is peaceful, the both of you rarely encountering another person on the sidewalk. The two of you walk arm in arm until you get closer to the market. Once you draw closer, maybe 8 minutes into your walk, the streets get significantly busier. You unlink your arms, putting a bit of distance between the both of you as you walk into the market. 
“If we do have to separate, just call or text so we can meet up at a vendor or something.” You explain, watching as Jungkook nods. “I promise you, if someone recognizes you and stops you, I'll continue to walk.”
“Fair enough.” Jungkook agrees, making you smile. 
The market is extremely busy, but it’s also fun to walk through together. Jungkook insists on buying things you pick up and genuinely seem to like, easily pulling his wallet out and ignoring your complaints. It’s small things like rings or necklaces that you like and pick up without thinking. After noticing, you do your best to avoid touching anything. 
Walking through the market, Jungkook isn’t stopped once. Most people who interact with him are small squeals and aggressive waving, which Jungkook returns. Anytime that happens, you pretend to not see it or know why, continuing your path. Since he hasn’t gotten fully stopped, you don’t need to play Where's Waldo to find each other.
“Do you think they have those cheesy corn dog things?” You smile, imitating a cheese pull to emphasize your point. 
Jungkook just stares at you for a moment, a blank expression on your face. You’re about to continue explaining, thinking he didn’t understand when he interrupts you. “You’re so cute.” He smiles, tossing an arm over your shoulder. It makes you nervous, scared people are going to see the both of you. “I think there’s some food vendors up here, we can go look.”
You walk with his arm around you, having to fight the giant smile that tugs on the edge of your lips. He insists on buying you the corndog, finding a place for the two of you to sit down in the meantime. “I can’t believe people recognize you even though so much is covered.” You state, thinking about the wide eyes and giant smiles that he’s gotten from fans over the course of the night. 
“I have to fight the urge to laugh while you pretend to not know me.” Jungkook smiles, a fond look on his face that you choose to ignore. 
As the hours tick by, the vendors begin to close. While the market is open until 3 am, some vendors close early if they aren’t getting that much business. Jungkook insists on walking through the rest of the market with arms linked, claiming there’s barely anyone around anymore. You have to indulge him, the look on his face leaving no room for you to say no. The walk home is significantly longer than the walk to the market, the two of you dragging your feet along the pavement the entire way.
“That was fun, it’s nice to go out instead of just sitting on the couch.” You smile, resting your head on Jungkook’s chest as you wait for the elevator to meet your floor. You can feel him reaching around, eventually holding the back of your neck gently. 
“I had fun too.” He smiles, placing the lightest kiss to your head.
“Are you tired from work?” You return the gesture, wrapping your arms around his torso. “You seemed worn out earlier.”
“I feel more energized now.” 
“Good, because you still owe me that thigh fuck.”
“God, it’s like we’re meant for each other.” Jungkook comments, making you genuinely laugh at him. 
There’s not much left to talk about when the two of you get into your apartment, Jungkook’s lips immediately finding yours as the door clicks shut behind you. His hands roam everywhere he can reach, more desperate than ever to have you close to him. Jungkook devours you as if he’d been starved, unconsciously pinning your body against the door. 
“Kook, my room is down the hall to the right.” You mumble against his lips, immediately connecting them once more. He wastes no time, hands easily finding the back of your thighs and lifting you in one swift motion. He surprisingly navigates well, pulling away from your lips one time to open the door. your back hits the bed, Jungkook following right after as he finds his place in between your legs. “Someone’s excited.” You giggle, wrapping your legs around his waist. 
“Unbelievably so.” He mumbles against your skin, head falling into the corner of your neck. “I wish I could carry you around in my pocket all the time.” 
“You really need to stop thinking, Kook.” You laugh. “Want you to fuck my thighs and imagine it’s the real thing.” You smile, watching as his head picks up slightly. The look on his face makes you giggle. 
“I'm gonna die, I really am Y/n.” He complains, sitting back on his heels. His hands rub your jeans, palms squeezing your thighs. “You’ll be the sole cause.” His hands rest on your hips, fingers inching towards the button and zipper. “May I?” He smiles up at you. 
“Of course.” You smile back, lifting your hips slightly. He easily undoes the closure, yanking them down in one swift tug. It makes you giggle as he rips them the rest of the way, sending the denim flying to the other side of the room. “You are always chucking my clothes across the room.” You giggle, sitting up in your spot. 
Your fingertips easily find the edge of his shirt, hands slipping up and beginning to hike the fabric up. It comes off in one easy movement, you deliberately tossing it as hard as possible towards the door. “So pretty kook, always so pretty just for me.” You smile, placing a kiss onto his abs. “Out of curiosity, how many people have you been with while we’ve been playing our little cat and mouse game?” While you wait for an answer, you’re hard at work biting light marks into his skin. 
“What? None, a big fat zero. Can't even imagine being with someone else.” He mumbles, hands nestling themselves in your hair. “…How many have you been with?” 
“None, no one would match up to my pretty boy.” You smile, glancing up at him. “Lubes in the top drawer.” You lay back as he fishes it out clumsily, pressing your thighs together in front of him. You had bought a new bottle just for the occasion, watching as he rips it open with his teeth. 
“This is so not fair.” He mumbles, a blush spreading across his face as he peels off his chunky cargo pants, Calvin Klein boxers the only thing remaining. 
“God, I wish I could take a picture of you.” You mumble, watching as he pulls your calves over his hips. “So hot, Kook.” 
“Do it then, go find your phone.” He smirks, this time watching you be the one to scramble for something. Thankfully it’s just on the nightstand, you’d die of embarrassment if you had to go out into the kitchen. 
“If you get too cocky I'll record you and your Fleshlight, all whiny and whimpering.” You vaguely threaten, laying back down. Jungkook just giggles as he pulls your legs further over his hips, thighs resting close to his waist. you snap a multitude, some with his face and some without. “Lay down.” 
He follows without even questioning, plopping down in the spot next to you. With a small huff, you push yourself up and over as you sit on his lap. “Fuck.” He whines underneath you, hips bucking slightly up. “Hope these pictures come out good.” He says sarcastically as you take more, his hands gripping your thighs. 
“Doesn’t matter, these are for me and me only.” You laugh, tossing it back onto the bedside stand. “Gotta remember you like this all because of me.” You can’t help but smirk, leaning down and kissing him slowly. He keens, a small whine falling past his lips as you pull away. “My pretty bun.” 
Jungkook flips your spots, once again in between your thighs as you lay on your back. He peels off his boxers, once again silently questioning how he’s naked while you’re basically clothed. “Gonna lose my mind.” He states for maybe the millionth time, making you giggle. 
“You ready bun, you really gotta give me a show.” Pulling him down, your lips easily slot together. Slowly reaching down, your fingertips make contact with his abdomen before trailing down, feeling the hardon. “Just gotta make sure you’re ready.” You smirk as he whines against your lips. You easily rest it against your stomach, pulling away slightly. “Look how big you are, Kook, don’t even know if it’d actually fit inside.” 
Jungkook glances down to see what you’re talking about, a whine immediately falling past his lips. His tip is resting basically on your stomach, hips not even fully flush together yet. “Y/n.” It’s blunt and dry, very clearly a warning. 
“Okay, okay.” You have to fight the smile off your face, letting go of his cock as you pull your legs up. “Make sure you use the lube, it’ll hurt you otherwise.” You remind him, squeezing your thighs together. 
He’s hesitant at first, and you don’t know if it’s because he’s never done it before or because you’re so close to the real thing now. With a small bit of encouragement, he’s finally slipping in between your thighs. His hands quickly replace yours, squeezing and pushing them together to his liking. He still has length sticking out when his hips meet your thighs, a whine spilling past his lips each time. “So warm.” He whines, fingertips digging into the soft flesh underneath them. 
“So big, Kook.” You smile, using a loose fist to cover what your thighs don’t. The extra contact makes his hips stutter slightly, beginning to pump harder into them. “Is this new for you bun?” 
“Y-yeah.” A small moan falls past his lips, finally finding a pace that works for him. The lube is all over your thighs, easily sliding his cock in between them. You begin to squeeze your thighs when Jungkook doesn’t, constantly catching him off guard. “I'm trying not to come too fast, you’re gonna make that happen if you keep doing that.” He threatens, watching the smirk spread across your face. “I'm serious.” 
His complaints fall on deaf ears, eventually giving up as he pushes your thighs aside and leans down to kiss you. “You’re gonna get lube all over your sides.” You laugh, trying to keep your thighs from touching his waist. He ignores it, continuing to liter you in kisses. 
“I'll take the risk.” He mumbles, making you smile into the kiss. After a bit, he leans back once again, gently pushing your thighs together. The lube’s cold now, a soon to be found surprise for Kook. “Okay, good to go.” He chuckles, fake wiping nonexistent sweat. As he slides back in, you can feel his muscles contract against the back of your thighs. 
“Cold?” You fight the urge to laugh.
He doesn’t answer, face turning slightly pink as he he begins to fuck your thighs once again. It eventually warms up from the movement, causing whines to spill from him once more. “Look so cute, bun.” You smile, squeezing your fist tighter each time he pushes into you. 
“Y/n, gimme a break.” He whimpers into your knee, head falling slightly. 
“You know I won't.” You giggle, pushing his cock down slightly. Each time he fucks into you, his head brushes against your stomach. Jungkook's cock is almost mind numbingly close to your pussy, brushing against it slightly with each thrust. 
“This is even worse.” He mumbles, peeling his eyes open slightly to watch. “So close, so warm.” His eyes fall shut again, genuinely trying to enjoy the feeling for as long as possible. Jungkook's fingertips leave small bruises underneath them, unconsciously clenching his hands roughly. 
“So close Kook, can feel you through my panties.” You almost whine, squeezing your thighs tightly. 
“Y/n, it’s too much.” Jungkook whines, “You’re so close and warm.” He whines, placing a kiss onto your knee. 
“Doing so good for me, always do good for me.” You mumble, hands reaching up to hold Jungkook's wrists. Each thrust rocks your body slightly, attempting to get any stabilization by holding onto Jungkook. His eyes screw shut slightly, head falling back as he focuses on the feeling. You continue to squeeze your thighs together for him, earning slightly louder whines. “Wish you could always be like this for me and me only.”
“Can I cum on your stomach, please Y/n.” He whimpers, thrusts speeding up. The back of your thighs are likely bright red from Jungkook's hips, skin slightly sore. 
“Go ahead, bun.” You smile, pulling your shirt up so your under-bra is showing. The sight is just enough for Jungkook, hips slowing as his head drops slightly onto your knees. You begin to rub your thighs together, watching Jungkook's face as he becomes more sensitive. He’s slowly getting better at being overstimulated, but it’s still not his favorite as he quickly pulls away from in between your legs. “We gotta get you used to overstimulation.” You smile, watching the dread wash over his face. 
“I’m trying, I really am.” He chuckles, “It’s just so hard to get used to.” Complaining, he crawls off the bed and shuffles around the numerous clothes on the floor. He easily slides on his boxers before making his way into the bathroom. 
“Kook?!”
“I’m coming!” Jungkook calls back, making you smile. Walking back into the bedroom, he has two rags in hand, a smile plastered across his face. “I hope you don’t think that I'd leave you laying here like that.” 
He cleans you up carefully, using one to wipe the lube off of your thighs and the other to wipe his cum off. They’re both warm, something that only Jungkook would’ve thought of. He jogs out of the room, throwing them into a hamper before jogging back in. The smile on his face is undeniable, once again laying on his stomach in front of you. You fight off the smile, watching as his arms easily wrap around your thighs as he kisses the inside of your thighs. He continues to crawl closer, teasing, placing the lightest kiss onto your panties. 
“One taste, just once.” He mumbles, placing a harder kiss onto the fabric. His eyes search for a yes, wide and slightly shiny as he stares up at you. “Your thighs are all red from me.” He groans, hands grazing the battered skin under them. 
 “Kook, i’m tiredddd.” You complain, reaching down and easily grabbing his arms that are still wrapped around your thighs. Jungkook follows, laying on your chest. It’s already almost 5 am, your eyes threatening to close on you. One of your hands rests on his bicep, the other in the back of his hair. “Tonight was really fun, I really enjoyed it. Maybe next time we can go to a club, but sit on opposite sides of the bar and pretend to flirt like strangers.” You laugh. 
“Yeah, for sure.” Jungkook mumbles against your skin. You’re extremely warm underneath him, easily drifting off. You’re out like a light in no time, Jungkook wide awake as he tries to stay still so he doesn’t disturb you. His mind is racing, trying hard to search for a reason or something he’s not doing right. 
You don’t like him? You don’t think he’s attractive enough to let him please you? Do you have some unspoken pact with Namjoon regarding him? You just don’t want to be seen with an idol? 
He eventually lands on you not liking him as much as you let on, a sinking feeling deep in his chest. Glancing up, you’re fast asleep, hand still buried in the back of his hair. He has to force himself asleep before he wakes you up and begins spewing nonsense, asking questions that would be embarrassing later on. Jungkook slowly allows himself to drift. 
Waking up is hard, already noon by the time you stir awake. Jungkook's dead to the world, mouth fallen open slightly as his head rests on your chest. It makes you smile, gently patting his hair. “Hm?” Jungkook mumbles, eyes opening slightly 
“Oh, sorry. I didn't mean to wake you.” 
“It's okay, I was waking up anyways.” Jungkook answers, shuffling off of you and standing up. He stretches his limbs, flexing slightly. Something seems to be bothering him, not teasing or stealing glances at you like normal in the mornings. 
“Kook, you don’t wanna stay in bed?” You joke, grabbing a pillow and pulling it into your arms. 
“Nah, I'm gonna go make breakfast for us.” He mumbles, shuffling out of the bedroom. That's another interesting behavior that seems to be new, confusion spreading all across your face as you follow him out to the kitchen. Sitting on the island's stools, you watch as he silently makes food. No singing, no jokingly dancing, no threatening to light the kitchen on fire, etc. Instead it’s dead silent in your small apartment. 
He walks past you, setting the plates on the coffee table. He comes back to get drinks, silently passing you once again. Confused expression equipped, you shuffle to your spot on the couch next to him, more silence. “Kook, I want a kiss.” You ask, watching as he sets his plate down on his lap and leans over. Yep, just as you expected, like pecking a dead fish. 
He resumes eating like nothings wrong. “Kook, you’re scaring me.” You mumble, “You’re acting weird.” 
“Huh?” Jungkook asks dumbly, glancing over at you before returning his focus to his plate. 
“You’re not clingy and cuddly like you normally are. And you just kissed me like a middle schooler.” You giggle. “What's wrong? Did I do something you didn’t like or were uncomfortable with?” 
You can almost see the internal debate in his head, seemingly fighting himself to say what he actually wants to. Not wanting to pry too much, you wait for him to eventually blurt it out. And he does blurt it all out at once, uncontrollably so. 
“Do you not like me?” He starts, your eyes widening slightly. “It’s just, you never want me to please you even a bit. And when I try you say next time, I'm tired and I don't want to do something you’re uncomfortable with. And I don’t want to force you into anything ever, so I'll respect it always. But I just want to know why? It’s okay if you don’t like me, I just feel bad that I'm the only one getting pleasure out of our relationship, situationship, friendship, whatever the hell you wanna call it..” 
“Kook, why would you think I don't like you?” You mumble, chest hurting. 
“It’s just, god this sounds so much like a drunk frat boy!” He exclaims, making you laugh. “Firstly, I don’t expect sex from you ever and am 100% okay if you don’t want it. I don't want it to sound like that’s what it is, that that’s all I want from you. Not having sex isn’t why i’m upset it just. Just….” 
“It’s okay Kook, I know what you mean. Go on.” 
“You just never get anything out of our interactions…in the bedroom.” His face flushes slightly, making you smile. “And I want to please you, I want to really bad. …and you also never want to be seen with me or go out and do stuff. And if we are seen together you pretend you don’t know who I am. I understand if you don’t like me because of the whole man eater Jimin-Taehyung fiasco, but I have to know now. Because I love you so much and I need to know if it’s unnecessary to continue-“
“…You love me?” You interrupt him. 
“I-I mean.” Jungkook stutters, avoiding your eye contact. “I mean we’ve been spending so much time together recently and I realized that I really do like you. And I mean love is just an extension of that so… I mean, yeah?” 
Jungkook can’t stand the shocked look on your face, staring at him. It may have been obvious to him, but it’s easy to see how you mixed up the interactions with the two of you playing the man eater hunter game. 
“Listen.” Jungkook sets his plate onto the coffee table. “Listen closely because I don't think I can repeat myself without dying of embarrassment. It starts with Taehyung telling me about the Namjoon man eater story of you in college. And it piqued my interest, and I always have to prove Tae wrong. So it did start like that, it did. But I met you and you were just so different than I thought, just so alluring and interesting. And I guess it changed then, and I was more interested in you rather than just the whole man eater debate. And the more we’ve been together, and the more you’ve made fun of me and threatened to stick your fingers in my coffee cup, the more I liked you.” Jungkook can’t stop blurting out, nervousness taking over his demeanor.
“Jungkook of BTS confessing his love for me, someone pinch me.” You dryly joke. 
“Y/nnnnn.” He complains, grabbing one of your folded legs and pulling it across his lap. It’s a nervous habit you assume, his hands trailing around and massaging the muscle. “You’re not making this easier for me.” 
“I do like you Kook, I really do. And it’s not that I don't want to be seen with you, it’s just that you’re so famous that it’s scary to have to face the media's reaction to it. I'm not embarrassed to be with you, it’s actually the opposite. I WISH we could go out in public and hug and kiss and carry on like idiots.” You laugh. “And the whole pleasing thing-“ You meet his eyes and it’s finally your turn to go bright red, embarrassed slightly. “Because of the whole bag the man eater fiasco, I've been afraid to actually give it to you. Because I'm scared that once you actually bag the man eater you’ll leave after getting your objective.” You explain, not exactly the most articulate but you don’t care. 
“I wish we met in different circumstances.” Jungkook complains, making you chuckle. He shuffles the two of you around, your legs wrapping around his waist as his hands come to hold you. “Y/n, I love you a lot. The past 5 days have been hell without you, I always wanna be around you.” He places kisses around your face as he talks, making you giggle. “Please be my girlfriend? I’ll get on my knees and beg if I gotta”
“While I’d love to see it, it’s not necessary. Of course kook, that might as well be a rhetorical question.” You smile, holding his face and pulling him into you. The smile on his face is huge, slotting your lips together. 
“FUCK YES.” He’s basically screaming, jumping off the couch and continuing to jump around the small apartment. If it was anyone other than Kook (and maybe Namjoon), you think you’d be annoyed. But watching him bounce around the living room all giddy makes your heart melt. “Me and my girlfriend.” He puts emphasis on the term, coming over to you and hoisting you off the couch. “Hold on, I'm texting the group chat.” 
By hold on, he meant literally hold onto him. The both of you laugh as you wrap your legs around his waist tighter, arms holding his shoulders. You peer over slightly, watching as his fingers aggressively type across the screen. You’re sure there’s numerous spelling errors that Jungkook doesn’t have the mind to care for currently. “Smile!” He mumbles, taking an extremely blurry selfie before sending it. 
You can only laugh as he continues to furiously type into the phone. “I’m gonna post it onto my Instagram!”
“No you are not!” You emphasize your point, reaching around and beginning to fight over possession of his phone. You’re at a disadvantage as you’re facing the wrong way and waving blindly with one hand. “Kook, I'll break up with you! I swear!” You threaten, watching as he finally concedes and hands over his phone to you. You smile, opening his camera to take another photo of the two of you. This time you place a kiss onto his cheek, taking the picture. 
“My close friend's story then?” Kook smiles, “I’ll let you decide if it’s the blurry one or the one you took.” He gently sets you down, making sure you’re fully on the ground before actually letting you go. 
“Fine, I guess the blurry one.” You’re plopping down on the couch with his phone in no time, searching for his Instagram app. “Who’s in your close friend's story?” You’re already clicking through the app to see his close friends before he has a chance to fully answer. 
“The members, the 97’ line, my tattoo artist, just people like that.” He shrugs. 
“...Your tattoo artist?”
“Hey, when he works on your arms for hours at a time you get pretty close!” Jungkook defends, plopping down next to you. His head rests on your shoulder, watching as you click on the blurry selfie to add to his story. It’s admittedly a cute photo, giant smiles on both of your faces. It’s blurry enough to hide details but not too blurry where it’s hard to make out the two of you. With a chuckle, you add #besties. “No, no, nope.” Jungkook is quick to delete the text.
“Okay fine.” You pretend to be annoyed, instead drawing on a cute pink heart. (It takes you multiple tries for it to look cute, Jungkook just watched silently.) “Cute.” You smile, clicking the close friend’s button. “If that picture gets out, we already have a list of suspects.”
“It won’t, trust me.” He smiles, wrapping his arms around you as he moves closer. He jokingly slaps his own phone out of your hands, fighting off the laugh as you stare at him with wide eyes. “Please let me make it public, please.” 
“Kook…” 
“I'll go talk to my company and do it officially and everything. I want to be able to go out on dates without annoying rumors, and hold hands, and kiss, and make fun of each other.” He babbles, “I want everyone to know I'm yours and see how happy you make me!”
“Even if your company puts out a statement or whatever, cameras will still follow us around when we go out.” 
“…Yeah, and then we kiss in front of them. Duh.” 
“People might hate you if you’re with me.” You sigh, beginning to play with his hair. 
“There’s nothing I want more than to be public with you. I don’t care about other people's opinions.” Jungkook sighs. “I really mean it, and if people get mad at me that’s their issue. They’re mad because I'm happy??” 
“Fine, but if people start throwing tomatoes at you on the street we have to fake a breakup.” You joke, watching as he picks up his head specifically to make sure you see his eye roll. 
“Never.” He smiles, resting his head on your chest once again. 
“Alright, you bagged the man eater. You know what comes next?” You wiggle your brows at him, leaning forward to place a kiss onto his forehead. 
“Nope!” He cuts you off, embarrassment and confusion all across your face. “Not yet, I want it to be natural. Not just Oh! You finally confessed so I guess we can fuck now!” Jungkook mocks your voice. 
“...Wow, so sweet. get away from me.” You laugh, beginning to fake push him away. “Your phone is also buzzing like crazy.” 
He picks it off the couch, looking at the notifications that flash across your screen. “My friends think we’re cute, and you’re pretty.” Embarrassment flushes across you again. “Let me take you out on a date tonight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, pressing a kiss to your cheek. 
“Nope, you’re too popular.” You smile, reaching down to mess with him. You immediately start pinching his cheeks to bother him, pulling them so his teeth slightly show. “They’re gonna take pictures of us, and this time you’re gonna enjoy it too much.”
“Cmonnnn. Fine, if you want Namjoon and Yoongi are in the studio tonight. We can crash their producing songs party.” Jungkook smiles. “If you want we can wander around the company building and steal food from the kitchen.”
“...I would actually like that.” You can’t help but laugh, thinking of how stupid the two of you roaming around is. “If we ever break up, we gotta promise to not drag Namjoon into it.” You comment, holding out your pinky in front of his face. “Because it’ll hurt him too much if we make him pick sides.”
Jungkook slaps your hand away from his face. “It’s not a problem, because we won't break up. Ever.”
You can’t argue with him, a fond smile taking over your face. “I’m so glad I don't have to be nervous when we're intimate anymore.” You can’t help but laugh, playing with his hair. “And don’t have to keep telling you no at the end of everything, my poor pussy probably wanted to die every time. Completely blue balled her, constantly.” This makes both you and Jungkook burst out into laughter. 
“Wow, you really mean it?” Jungkook laughs, watching as you nod to answer him.
“Please let me make it public, please.” Jungkook doesn’t even have to look up from his spot to know what face you’re making. He’s already combating your complaints before you even have a chance to speak them out loud. “No, I don’t care about the public. No, I don’t care about the news articles. No, I don’t care about people being mad at me because I know real fans will be happy for me. No, the members won’t be mad. They’ll actually probably be happy for me. Any other questions?”
“What if your company tells you you’re not allowed to make it public?”
“They won’t.” Is all he says, shrugging it off. Jungkook places soft kisses onto your chest, slowly making his way up. You smile, watching as he pecks your lips. “I love you.” He pecks your lips once more. “I love you.” Jungkook kisses you once more, pulling back slightly to watch your reaction. 
“Love you too, Kook.” Smiling, you watch as his face lights up. Jungkook looks genuinely happy as he lays with you, your chest filling with fondness. 
Going to the building isn’t unfamiliar to you, as Namjoon and Yoongi have taken you to many late night music sessions. However, going to the building with Jungkook is unfamiliar. You easily follow along with Jungkook, knowing where both Yoongi and Joon’s studio is at. Once he takes a right, you know you’re heading to Namjoon’s studio.  
Jungkook’s about to knock when you punch in the door code, the lock clicking open before you’re grabbing the handle. “Joon!” You call, a giant smile spread across your face as you catch sight of him sitting by monitors. He’s spinning around in a second flat, (with a slight jump, you actually scared him.) 
Once his initial fright is over, he gets up to wrap you in a hug. “Y/n!” Joon giggles, giving you a very familiar hug as you beam at him. “And look who it is!” Namjoon booms, looking over your shoulder as he catches sight of Jungkook. “The talk of the town.” Joon continues, making you laugh as he releases you and reaches for Jungkook. Jungkook's face is turning red as Namjoon wraps him in a fake chokehold, beginning to ruffle his hair. 
While Joon continues to tease Kook, you greet Yoongi who’s watching the interaction on the couch. “See, I told you he liked you.” Yoongi whispers to you as you hug him. 
“We haven’t fucked yet, we’ll see how he feels after.” You whisper, joking. Once Namjoon is finally done teasing Jungkook, it’s Yoongi’s turn.
“Jeon!” Yoongi starts, making you cackle as you take his spot on the couch. “You better play nice, you hear me young man?” He grabs Kook by his arms, staring at him. His next line is a whisper, the only reason you can even hear it is because the entire studio is so quiet. “And you better not hurt her. I’ll break your figurines and lock you out of your studio.”
Jungkook’s face is bright red at this point, a giant smile on his face as he fights off his laughter. “Don’t plan on it, Yoongi.” Jungkook giggles. 
You all eventually settle down, you and Jungkook sprawled out on Joon’s couch while the other two are busy at work. Namjoon spins around every now and then to eye the two of you, making you laugh every time. It’s a comfortable atmosphere, your legs thrown over Kook’s lap as you lay back. Yoongi’s taken to calling you the love birds, each time makes you blush lightly. 
“Okay, we got one preview done. Wanna hear?” Joon smiles at you, watching as you scramble off the couch and over to the computer. Yoongi plops his headphones over your ears, making sure you can hear the audio. It’s a cute love song, a giant smile on your face. You absolutely love hearing unreleased music that the two of them make, it genuinely makes you feel close to the group. 
“I really like it, it’s dreamy.” You smile, handing the headphones over to Jungkook who stood behind you. He easily passes them over his head, leaning forward over your shoulder to avoid pulling the cord out. 
“It’s Jungkook’s song lyrics. Guess who it’s about?” Yoongi comments, glancing up at you. “Wrote the lyrics himself.” 
A hand is slapped over his mouth before he has a chance to continue. You and Jungkook stay by the monitors now, you sitting on a stool as Kook sits on a small table he’s dragged closer. The two of you watch closely as they work to finish the song. 
“You think Tae could come in?” Joon asks, glancing back at Kook. “He’s the only part we still need to record. If you could text him to just see if he feels up to it.”
You pretend to not hear, swallowing hard as Kook nods and texts him. Tae does come to record his part and stays to watch the two work much like you and kook. It’s an awkward atmosphere now, Taehyung still not knowing you were in Jungkook’s room the day he went on his man eater rant. Sitting on the stool, you do your best to avoid eye contact with the two youngest of the group. 
You suppose Kook notices, his arm coming to wrap around your waist. A small tug pulls on your lips, unable to fight it back completely. “And DONE!” Yoongi celebrates, making you immediately begin celebrating as you softly shake Joon who sits in front of you. 
“First listen, first full listen.” You beam, reaching in front of yoongi as you turn the speakers on. 
“First listen!” Joon smiles, turning the volume up slightly as he begins to play the song. 
The five of you listen closely, a giant smile on the faces you can see from your seat. While not confirmed, Yoongi’s fun fact almost makes you giddy at the thought of Jungkook writing a song about you. You congratulate the four of them, offering a small round of applause that Yoongi and Joon join. 
“First track down.” Kook smiles, climbing off the table he’s sitting on and stretching out. “Come on Y/n, imma teach you one of our choreographies.” 
“I don’t think that’s a good idea, I may die.” You joke, not having much options as Jungkook tugs on your elbow. Easily, you follow Jungkook to the door. 
“Wait, Kook. Can we talk to you for a sec?” Yoongi speaks up, by we, he means him and Joon. With a hard swallow, Jungkook nods yes. Thus, you and Tae stand outside of the studio awkwardly. 
“Your part was really pretty, I liked it.” You compliment him, not knowing what else there is to talk about between the two of you. 
“It was about you.” Tae mumbles. “Uh, not my part specifically. That’d make it weird between Kook and I. The whole song was for you, Kook wrote it.” Now you really have to fight the blush that spreads across your face. “He’s really happy now, with you.”
“Thank you, Tae.” You smile. “That makes me really happy as well.”
Eventually, Kook comes out of the studio. Him and Tae switch, Tae slipping back into the studio to hang out with Yoongi and Namjoon. “Me and Tae made amends.” You mumble as you and Kook walk to the practice room. 
“What is that supposed to mean?” Jungkook giggles, jokingly raising a brow at you. 
“He told me that you’re happy with me. I feel like that’s a step up from him telling you to just sleep with me and get it over with.” You hide the giant smile on your face from Kook. “Kook, I don't really wanna dance.” Your list of complaints begins. 
“Well what do you wanna do?” Jungkook genuinely asks, pushing open the door as he leads you into the practice room. He flicks on one set of lights, lighting up the room but not so much it’s hospital lighting. “We have the whole room to ourselves.” There’s a hint of mischief behind his tone, but you choose to ignore it. 
“Hmmm, you should perform My Time for me.” 
“Huh?”
“Is that not the song's name?” You laugh, running over to sit by the mirror. “I wanna see you dance My Time.”
“Why that one?” Jungkook raises a brow, already too aware of why. 
“Hm, no reason.” 
“You want the whole dance break and everything?” Jungkook smiles, pulling his phone out and beginning to search for the instrumental of his song. Your eager nod makes him smile harder, eventually finding it before sliding his phone across the floor to you. 
You’ve seen the choreography before, been at the performances where they filmed their online concert. It’s a performance for the books, truly. You watch with peeled eyes, not wanting to miss a single second of his performance all for you. Jungkook's shy at first, smiling through the lyrics as he avoids your eye contact. As he continues, he begins to loosen up, maintaining eye contact as he does the full moves. (Rather than half way like he was at first, almost as if he was marking rather than performing.) 
You realize he’s caught on when he comes closer to you, switching from knee to knee in front of you. You can’t help but beam as he rises back up, dragging a hand along his inner thigh before continuing the dance. The songs coming to an end, the cants finally turning into wills. Kook draws closer once more as he sings the final post-chorus, beginning the outro. Unknown to him, your face is bright red as he squeezes in between your legs, lips brushing dangerously across your ear as he sings “oh” over and over. Kook makes a conscious effort to sound whinier each time, voice slightly breathy in your ear. 
“Kook” 
“Not done yet.” He teases, continuing. The song ends, the instrumental beginning to repeat as he pulls away with a shit eating grin. “You like My Time?” Jungkook chuckles, hands wrapping around your thighs that rest by his waist. 
“You're lucky I didn’t get my hands on you back then, I would’ve fucked you in your black leather outfit.” You can’t help but laugh, pulling him closer to your body. “Leather pants, studded jacket, mesh leopard print top and all.” 
“Sounds like I'm unlucky, actually.” Jungkook smirks, leaning in to kiss you. Your lips meet with ease, well practiced at this point as they easily slide against one another. Jungkook's lips are always so soft, one hand finding the back of his neck to pull him closer. Your other hand finds his hip, pulling his body closer to yours. He quickly places one arm next to you on the floor, the other holding your waist. He pulls away with a small groan, making you question him. “We can't, not here. With my luck Joon would walk in, kill me immediately.” 
“I just wanna kiss you, nothing more.” You shrug, pulling him back in. As much as he wants to fight it, he can’t as he loses his thought process as your lips meet his. You pull away this time, having to catch your breath. “So hot, Kook. If you ever perform that privately for another girl I may kill you myself.” 
Your tone is clearly joking, your arms coming to wrap around his torso as you pull him to you, pecking his lips softly. “I'll be okay with that, a good way to go out.” He mumbles against your lips, finally connecting them fully after he finishes. this time he’s rougher, hands pulling you as close as possible as your chests press flush together. Your hand easily slips underneath his t-shirt, grazing along his muscle. 
“Hm?” You smile, “I thought you said not here. Looks like you’re getting worked up.” 
“I just love being so close.” Jungkook whines, pressing a hot kiss onto your jaw. You already know he’s going to trail down to your neck before he even does it. 
“I’ll let you fuck my face in your studio, but that’s about as far as i’ll go in your company building.” You can’t help but giggle, feeling as his head dips down into your shoulder. 
“God damn it.” He groans, “Now we gotta.” 
The two of you laugh as you climb off the floor, Jungkook’s feet carrying him much faster than yours as he drags you along. You can’t help but laugh through the company halls, Kooks grip tight around your wrist as you struggle to keep up. Your laughter makes him laugh as well, the two of you frantically running to his studio before you’re caught by staff. The door almost slams behind the two of you, making you laugh harder. 
“So much for being sneaky.” You smile, finding your place in his arms easily. “You think someone’s gonna come check on you?”
“Hopefully not.” Jungkook smiles down at you, kissing your forehead softly. 
Unconsciously, you smile into the kiss as you connect your lips with his. Kook leans down slightly to kiss you, pulling you close to his body. Your hands leave his torso, trailing down as you begin to unbuckle his belt. “We gotta be quick in case people start looking for you.” Kook nods at you, allowing you to do as you wish. “Do you wanna try something new?” You mumble against his neck, Jungkook eagerly nodding. “You trust me?” Once again, Jungkook eagerly nods. 
He’s left a little embarrassed as you pull out a condom from his wallet, pretending as if he definitely doesn’t carry it around just in case. Jungkook doesn’t notice you roll the condom onto your fingers, mind distracted by you. You finally begin, Jungkook watching with wide eyes as you kneel down. His hands rested at his side, making you smile as you reached up to grab them. “Tell me if you don’t like anything, yeah? Face fuck, Kook.” Placing his hands in your hair, you easily free him of his confines. 
“Holy shit.” He mumbles, gently pulling your head closer. It makes you smile, dragging your tongue along his cock as he gets used to being in control. “I can…uh…push and pull?” His voice is just barely above a whisper, staring down at you. Jungkook jumps slightly as he feels one of your hands reach under him, gently pressing against the area. Jungkook lets out a shaky breath, realizing what you were doing. 
“All you want.” Gently taking his head into your mouth, you know you’re in for it as he begins to gather your hair up in a ponytail. It's a new side of Kook you haven’t seen before, finally giving him control in the situation. Once he’s gathered all of your hair, a small moan is pulled from you as he slowly pushes you down onto his cock. 
“So good to me, I finally get to pull the strings.” Kook moans out loud, feeling your throat contract around him before pulling back. “So pretty with my cock in your mouth.” You can’t help but moan around him, his words going straight to your head. The next push is rougher, hands tightening around your hair. “Even more pretty with my cock in your throat.” 
You slowly slide a single finger into him, the small hiss you pull from him is pure sin, making you squeeze your thighs together. “Shit, fuck Y/n.” He moans, voice slightly broken as he chokes out the words. His hips rock slightly into your mouth, getting used to the new sensation. 
“You’re okay, relax bunny.” You coo, hollowing your cheeks to distract him. Curling the finger inside him, the whimper that Jungkook lets out shooters straight to your core. Jungkook finally relaxes, allowing himself to thrust into your throat without tensing too much. As he rocks back, he easily slides down the length of your finger. 
“Shit, shit. What was that?” Jungkook’s hips jolt, thigh muscle tensing underneath your palm. “Do that again, please.” He moans, loud and whiny as he sinks into your throat. You give him exactly what he wants, finding the specific spot inside of him and purposely targeting it. Pressing another finger in, Jungkook thinks he’s going to lose his mind. You’re relentless, viciously targeting the specific spot inside of him. The two fingers give you more strength, roughly fucking into him with no remorse. 
Your one hand digs into his muscle, searching for any source of stability besides Jungkook’s hands in your hair. Jungkook chases the feeling, fucking deep into your throat with each push. Your fingernails make small indents into the skin underneath, leaving small crescent marks. “Gonna start moving my hips harder, alright baby? Lemme know if it’s too much.” He waits until you give him a nod of approval, beginning to easily roll his hips into you. 
Jungkook's vocal, knowing his studio should be sound proof and if not, it’s the least of his worries currently. Moans and curses fall from his lips with each thrust, burying himself to the hilt each time. Pulling back, he easily slides back onto your fingers, roughly hitting the spot inside of him without fail. He was timid the first time you offered a blowjob, but he knows you can take it now. You fight your gag reflex, eyes watering each time your breathing is restricted. It makes your kind fuzzy, thighs pressed together tightly as you peer up to watch Kook. “Crying? My girl is crying?” He smirks, biting back the moan that threatens to overpower his words. Riling you up more, he reaches to wipe a stray tear. “Crying with spit dripping down your chin, so lewd.” He teases, roughly shoving your head down. 
Each thrust is rough, nose brushing his abdomen each time. You eventually find a breathing pattern that works, breathing in each time he pulls back to avoid choking. Your fingers also are relentless, each time Jungkook rocks back onto them you purposely grind your fingertips onto his prostate. “That's a girl.” Jungkook smirks, noticing your adapting to his movement. “So good, so tight and warm around me. Gonna cum soon.” 
Jungkook’s cock throbs in your throat each time you hold eye contact, hips slightly hurling forward to bury himself deeper each time. He relishes in the scene before him, you eagerly allowing him to fuck your face with tears and spit. Your eyes are shiny as you peer up at him, slight moans vibrating against him as he sinks into your throat. Your jaw is sore, but you’re 100% focused on not scraping him even in the slightest. “Gonna cum in your throat, take deep breaths now alright.” He smirks, watching as you follow his direction. Each time he pulls back you take deeper breaths than before. 
Your tongue is rougher against his head when he pulls back, fingers fucking into him harder than before, trying to get him there faster. It seems to work as his moans get even louder, hands pulling on your hair harder. “Gonna cum.” Jungkook whines, thrusting all the way into your throat. You whine around his length as he throbs against your tongue, grinding slightly as he rides out his high. “Fuck, feels so good. So tight.” He moans, your throat contracting around his head. 
Jungkook has never came harder in his life, legs feeling numb as your fingers fuck into him to help him ride out his orgasm. It feels like his mind goes blank, body shuttering as he full body cums. The way his thighs shake in your hold almost makes you give in to him, the urge to let Jungkook fuck you into next week at an all time high. 
Once he finally pulls away, you involuntarily gasp. “Holy shit kook.” You smile, wiping some drool before it has a chance to fall on your lap. You pull the condom off of your fingers, thanking god jungkook just so happened to have lubed condoms. “Didn’t know you had it in you.” 
“Right, right tissues.” He scrambled, yanking up his pants as he scurried over to the desk. It's admittedly a funny sight, but you fight the laughter away. Jungkook is crouched down in front of you in no time, wiping any spit and tears away with the box of tissues next to him. “I love you so much.” He mumbles, roughly pulling you closer to him as he tosses the tissues aside for now. Your lips meet with bruising force, feeling Kook gently bite at your lips. You return to gesture, sliding your tongue across his bottom lips before gently biting it. In no time, Jungkook’s hands are sliding underneath your shirt before there’s a chance to process everything. 
“Alright, alright!” You laugh, “I said face fuck was the furthest I'd go in the company building.” Your smile is huge, pecking his lips softly as you joke. 
“The members can never know about this, the studio part.” Kook mumbles against your lips, making you smile harder. “My ass!?” He almost whispers, making you laugh out loud. “Where did that come from? We gotta do that again sometime.”
“Well Einstein, I wasn't exactly planning to tell your members. Unless you were?” 
“Nope, never.” Jungkook states promptly, easily picking himself off the floor. He helps you up before grabbing the tissues and condom, smirking slightly as you rub your knees. Now that the two of you are done rushing, you’re actually able to look around Jungkook’s studio. It’s amazing how quickly the two of you can go from borderline fucking to domestic, something you love with Jungkook. 
“Kook, I thought we talked about this.” You begin, picking up a Widowmaker figure from his shelf. You’re joking in all aspects of the character, but the look on his face makes you nag him constantly. “Wow, young men these days. I think I should head out.” You pretend to overreact, smile tugging the corner of your lips the entire time. Jungkook knows, smiling like an idiot as you grab a random jacket off his chair and pretend to storm off outside. 
Jungkook lets you get right outside of the studio door before he chases after you, easily catching up and wrapping his arms around you. “No! Honey, I swear it’s not what it looks like.” He plays along, making you laugh before getting back into the fake drama you’re acting in. “I swear, you’re the one I love. Not her.” he states, carefully spinning you around to face him. 
“I just don’t think it’s going to work.” Almost tempted to fake cry, you can’t bring yourself to do it without bursting into laughter. “After all we’ve been through! you just go behind my back and cheat on me, with A…..A PURPLE WOMAN!!” 
“OH MY GODDDD.” The voice makes you jump, closing the distance between you and Jungkook as he holds your frame. Glancing down the hall, Joon is hunched over with his hands on both knees. “I thought you two were serious!” 
Kook and you absolutely lose it, cackling like crazy people as Kook claps his hands. Joon eventually stands back up, clutching his heart as he shuffles down the hall to you. “I’m leaving, I can't take this. You two get home safe, unbelievable.” He rambles as he walks past, making you and Kook laugh harder. “Thought I was gonna be in a lose lose situation.” Finally at the door, Namjoon shakes his head one last time, finally smiling at you both, before leaving. 
Once your laugh fit is finally concluded, Kook takes the initiative and begins the journey out of the building. Yoongi would likely stay a bit later, but besides that everyone else likely went home already. You naturally follow, Kook’s arm eventually resting on your shoulders as you walk beside him. “Can't believe Joon was eavesdropping.” Once in the elevator, you finally joke. 
“Yeah right? That was good timing.” He pulls you closer, leaning over to kiss your head. “I still wanna make us public, and put out a statement. But say the word and I won't.” 
“If you want to, then I want to too.'' The grin that overcomes you is unbeatable, glancing up to look at your boyfriend as you descend the floors. “We should just say you’re in a relationship though, I feel like saying my name is unnecessary.” 
“Anything for you.” Kooks smiles, fondness in his chest as he kisses your head once again. 
“Ugh, c'mon.” Jokingly pushing him away, you sprint out of the elevator doors as soon as they open. He chases, catching you quickly in his arms. “Okay okay enough mushy stuff.” You laugh, prying his arms from around you as staff begin to steal glances at the two of you. 
“Back to yours?” He smiles, interlocking your fingers and making his way to the garage. with a simple nod, the two of you are off. 
Arriving at your apartment, the two of you seem worn down as you hit the couch. Jungkook follows, laying on top of you as you rub his shoulders and back. A random tv show is put on the living room tv, lulling the both of you to sleep. “Kook, let’s go to bed.” Mumbling, you’re met with a half asleep hm? “Let’s go to my room, go to bed.” The reiteration sticks, the two of you shuffling into the comfortable embrace of your soft bed. 
“Night Y/n.” Jungkook hums, not needing much to pass out as he hits the pillow. 
“Night Kook, see you in the morning.” Your heart feels full, unbelievably so. When you first talked, you never in a million years thought you’d be here with Kook, your boy, your bun. A lot has changed, but Jungkook hasn’t shown one second of dislike for you, always the opposite. Before you finally succumb to sleep, you mumble the last thing on your mind. “Love you, Jungkook.” 
______
Jungkook's draped all over you as your eyes pull themselves open, likely tangling together all throughout the night. A leg is thrown over both yours, an arm underneath your head, and the both behind your back holding you close. His head is tilted up slightly and you can only assume his chin tested on your head at some point throughout the night. 
“Kook, it’s late.” You grumble, already one in the afternoon. You can't remember if he works today or not, not sure if he even mentioned it. “Kook if you have work you gotta get up.” Resorting to the usual method, aggressive shakes are the only option as he begins to open his eyes. “Do you have work?” 
“No, all day off.” He mumbles, closing his eyes and shuffling to be closer to you. 
“Wow, two days off! That's a new record.” Joking, you also close your eyes.
“Two days spent with my girl.” Jungkook hums, kissing your face. Eventually making his way to your lips, he places a deep kiss before you have the chance to tease him more. The both of you are still half asleep, instinctively pulling one another closer as you reciprocate Kook's actions. He easily pushes himself up onto one elbow, hovering over you slightly. 
You can't help the small groan that falls from you, pulling Jungkook's arm slightly to encourage him to move over some more. You can feel him smirk into the kiss, shuffling in between your legs and gently pulling your legs up around his waist. “Want you close, Kook.” You mumble, pulling his waist closer to you as he leans down. 
“I’m about as close as I can be.” Jungkook chuckles softly, connecting your lips gently and interlocking your fingers. The kiss and slow and gentle, hips beginning to gently grind together. Small hums and groans fill your room occasionally, the two of you holding one another as close as possible. Unlinking your fingers, you reach down and easily tug on the edge of his t-shirt, easily pulling it off over his head. Jungkook’s hesitant at first, not immediately going for your shirt. You encourage him, placing one of his hands on the bottom of your shirt. 
The shirt is shed in no time, tossed somewhere in the room. Your hands immediately meet his torso, pulling him close as your chests press together. His weight is comforting on top of you, humming as your torsos are flush together. “Wait, before you get too excited I have a present for you.”
“That’s scary.” Jungkook chuckles, leaning back as you sit up, fishing around your bedside drawer. Plopping back down, you present your so-called present. “Cock ring!”
“God damn it.” He sighs, making you burst out into laughter. “First my ass and now a cock ring.”
“You’ll cum too fast without it.” You laugh, tugging at his shorts. He side-eyes your statement but doesn’t ask about it any further, helping as he pulls his shorts down. “Don’t get hard, think about dead puppies.”
“Wow, really setting the mood.” Kook rolls his eyes, making you stifle your laughter as you slide it over him. 
“If it hurts too much, let me know. But I got the biggest size for you.” You shrug, gently dragging a fist along his length. “Have you tried one before?” He shakes his head no, eyes slightly shut. “It might feel odd then for you, but it shouldn’t be like excruciating pain.” You lick your hand, stoking him slightly rougher to get him hard. “Feel alright?”
“It’s okay.” Jungkook lets out a small pant, head falling slightly into your shoulder. A smile overtakes your face as you snap his shorts back up against his hip. 
“Kook,” you hum, taking one of his hands and placing it on the band of your sweatpants. He gets the message immediately, almost ripping them off your legs as you lay back down onto the bed. “Wow, excited?”
“Unbelievably so.” Jungkook nods, making you smile as he tosses the sweatpants off of the bed. Your face is bright red as he sits back on his heels, soaking in the sight of you laying in front of him. “So beautiful, y/n.”
“Stop, you’re making me nervous.” You laugh, trying to get him to kiss you again. 
“I gotta take it all in, this is a first.” He genuinely does bathe in the sight, cock straining against its confines. Besides being in the shower together,  this is the most exposed he’s seen you. For once, you’re more undressed than he is. “So pretty just for me.”
“Just for you Kook, always.” You smile, sitting up and placing a soft kiss onto his chest. Slipping your fingers underneath the waistband of his shorts, you easily slide them down. “Alright bun, you get to have the control now.” Laying back down, his face is almost ghastly pale. Your heart beats a bit erratically in your chest, a hint of nervousness in your demeanor. Shoving it aside, you reassure yourself that Jungkook made it extremely clear it’s not like that. 
“Don’t tell me that, I might cum in my boxers.” Jungkook laughs, placing his arms on either side of you as he holds himself up. “Love you, so unbelievably much.” He mumbles softly, holding eye contact for longer than necessary. “I want you to feel that I love you, and not be nervous.” 
“I’m not nervous-“ 
“It’s okay, Y/n.” He cuts you off, gently placing a kiss onto your forehead. “I know, I know how it seems. But I really do love you, have for a while. Let me know if you ever want to stop and we will.” Jungkook reassures you, gently kissing you and making sure you reciprocate it. Of course, you do, pulling him close to your body as your legs rest on his waist. You’re able to quickly realize that while he has the control, it’s still going to take him a bit adjusting before he gets rough and nasty with you. It's clear in his demeanor that he wants to please you, likely leaving edging, punishment, and filthy language for another time. 
He kisses you so soft and slow, hands holding you as if you’d break in them. Jungkook's hands roam your body slowly, warm palms leaving goosebumps in their wake. He gets to your knee before trailing all the way back up, this time stopping at your bra. Technically you handed over the control, but the pop of your band open makes you gasp slightly. “What? I have the control , remember?” He smiles, talking against your skin. 
The teasing tone riles you up, thighs squeezing his waist between them. Jungkook's lips leave yours, placing soft kisses along your skin as he makes his way down. Your hands find his hair in no time, lips easily meeting the soft skin of your chest. “Gonna mark me up this time Kook?” Now it’s your turn to tease as he glances up, raising a brow.
“Of course, baby.” He smirks, leaving a dark mark on your skin. “I'm gonna do a lot more than that though, if I have my way.” His tone is playful yet oddly seductive, making your legs tighten. A flick across your nipple snaps you out of your thoughts, pulling a groan as he gently bites down. A small smirk tugs at the corner of his lips as he swirls his tongue, moving on to give the other the same treatment. 
It feels like you can finally breathe again when he pulls back, but it’s short lived. Jungkook trails kisses down to your hips, determined to leave a mark on your hip. “You can always tell me to stop.” He reminds you, pushing himself up as he sits back on his heels. Involuntarily, the entirety of your face is consumed in a blush as he examines you, his hands teasingly rubbing along your thighs. “Fuck, Y/n. Can’t believe you look this good and you’ve been hiding from me.” It makes you smile. 
“Yeah, whatever. Soak it up, Kook.” Is the best you can muster together as his eyes burn holes in your skin. 
“I will, I am.” Jungkook cheekily adds, his hands roam, squeezing, holding and kneading any bit of flesh he can touch. 
Slowly, Jungkook lays down onto his torso, peering up at you with a shit eating grin. You don’t have anything in you to tell him off for it, watching each move with attentive eyes. He does a thorough job of teasing, nipping, sucking and biting your inner thighs. You’re almost whining, each contact not enough as your hips threaten to grind against him. You’re sure he notices, his grin growing. 
Finally, a delicate kiss is placed on your core through the thin fabric of your panties. The next one is the exact same, and the one after. 
“…Kook.”
“What?” Jungkook smirks, continuing his actions without paying you much mind. “Too slow for you?” He asks, clearly having no intentions of speeding up as the next kiss is almost ghostly on your skin. 
“Please, I need it badly. It hurts.” You whine, watching as he continues his usual pace. “Jungkook, please I want it bad.” You can’t help but whine, hands tugging on his soft hair. You accidentally pull his head closer. 
“So fucking whiny.” He groans, against your core, wrapping his arms around your thighs and pulling you closer to his face. “Soaking wet, all because of me.” He teases, eating you out through the fabric. “Haven’t even touched your bare pussy and you’re shaking around me.” 
Jungkook easily pulls out soft moans from you, your hands finding their purchase on the bed sheets. Your eyes drift close as you focus on the feeling, thighs shaking in his grip. “Mmm, just intrigued.” You make up an excuse, hearing a soft scoff from him. 
You can feel him pull away, softly dragging a finger pad along your clit. Your panties are soaked all the way through, easily sticking to your folds. Truly, you’d be more embarrassed if Jungkook wasn’t looking at you like the most attractive woman in the world. His eyes are dark and slightly hooded as he hears you moan due to his actions, fixated on every sound you make and every reaction your body gives him. 
“Jungkook can you please just…get on with it.” You whine as he continues to slowly rub circles on your clit through your panties, making you restless. He pretends to think about it, placing a soft kiss directly onto your clit. “Koookkk.”
“What Y/n?” Jungkook smiles, “You gotta be really specific, tell me what you want.”
“I want you to touch me-”
“I am.” He smirks, rubbing your thighs with the palm of his hands. 
Your face blushes a deep red, realizing what he wants. “Bun, please eat me out until I cum, please. I need it, I want it.” You beg, grinding slightly against his fingers. 
“There’s my good girl.” Kook hums, hooking his fingers underneath the band of your panties. It feels agonizing slow as he takes them off, cheeks deep red as they hit the floor. “Begging to cum like my good little slut.” He mumbles, catching you slightly off guard, a small moan falling from you. 
Jungkook looks like a kid in a candy store, long, firm licks across your core. You can’t help but clench around nothing, thighs threatening to clamp down around Jungkook’s head. A moan escapes you as he peers up with eager eyes, your head immediately falling back into the pillows underneath you. You’re just now understanding Kook’s inability to maintain eye contact with you when you give him head, the visual overwhelming. 
“Feels so good Kook, so good to me.” You can’t help but whimper, a loud moan spilling from you as you feel his finger easily slide into you. Your breath hitches in your throat as he easily gives you pleasure, brushing against your g-spot with almost no struggle. He’s able to easily find a rhythm that works, finding what gives him the biggest reaction and not stopping. Slipping in another finger, he easily targets your g-spot as he continues to focus on your clit with his tongue, eager eyes continuing to stare at your reactions. Loud moans fill the room, shocks shooting through your body with increasing pleasure. 
“I'll never fit if you tighten up this much.” Kook teases, slowing his ministrations as he feels you clenched around his fingers. Without giving you much time to recover, he quickly continues his actions.
“Please let me cum, bun. Please.” You whine, beginning to rock gently against his face. There’s a gleam in his eye, allowing you to grind against his face. Jungkook takes you there with little effort, seemingly knowing your body as if he’d studied it. He seemingly knows what you like and what you don't, pleasure racking through your body. “Gonna cum, please. Bun, need it bad.”
“Cum, baby. Cum on my mouth.” He groans against you, easily pulling a moan from you. You cum hard, hands making fists in his hair as your legs shake slightly around his head. Jungkook groans into you as you pull on his hair, making you cum harder. Jungkook doesn’t slow after you cum, continuing the pace. 
“Kook, wait.” You whimper, pulling his hair. “It’s too much kook.” 
“Want one more. You gonna cum again for me?” He mumbles, never pulling his head far back. Pushing your head into the pillows, you can't stop shaking as you cum again. He slows this time, riding you through it thoroughly before pulling back. Kook’s lips easily find yours, interlocking your fingers against the bed. “So good for me, came so hard for me.” He mumbles softly, pulling your arms above your head as he deepens the kiss. 
“I want you to fuck me.” You almost blurt, a bit out of place. Jungkook’s face makes you laugh softly. “Wanna cum around your cock, bun.”
“Y/n, we don’t have to. I’m happy-”
“Kook, fuck me.” You interrupt him, gently breaking free of his hold as you pull him toward you. Your hands easily find his hair, tugging softly on his hair as you kiss him. “I have lube in the drawer.”
“Do you have condoms?”
“No, but it’s okay.” The look on his face is once again priceless. He’s almost jumping at your bedside table, slinging the top drawer open in record speed. You giggle as the contents slam against the front from the momentum, Jungkook quickly fishing them out. You’re in trouble as he pulls out the bottle, along with your vibrator. 
“Oh?” He smirks, returning to his spot as he rests back in his heels. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, easily tossing them aside. The sight makes you whine, pressing your thighs together as he purposely takes his time applying the lube. With a gentle slap to your inner thigh, he encourages your legs to open once again. 
“Bun, just be gentle at first, please.” 
“Of course, baby.” He nods, shuffling slightly closer. He’s once again teasing as he slowly rubs his cock against your folds, each brush against your clit makes you moan. Gently pushing his head in, he’s extremely observant of your reaction. “Relax baby, it’s okay.” Jungkook’s gentle voice meets your ears, hands comforting rubbing along your skin. His hips gently rock as you accommodate, waiting for a nod before sliding in deeper. It’s a slow process, Jungkook's mind reeling as you fall apart because of him. 
With a loud whine, Jungkook’s hips finally meet yours, fully seated inside of you. You already feel on edge, wondering how Jungkook has such a hold over you. “Kook, wait, wait.” You can’t help but clench around him, Jungkook leaning forward as he hugs you close to him. “Hurts, but feels good.” You whimper against his lips, “So deep kook.” You moan, encouraging him to gently grind his hips into you. 
Jungkook is losing his mind, keeping it together for your sake. He’s determined to please you as much as you’ll possibly let him, trying hard (and failing) to not think too hard about you wrapped around him. Kissing you as if his life depends on it, he moans softly as your nails drag along his back.  He’s sure there are marks left behind, a groan being pulled from him from the pain. “Wanna cum like this, bun.” you whine, clenching around him as his abdomen also grinds against your clit. 
“I’m barely even moving, baby. Already falling apart, so so good to me.” Jungkook teases lightly, pushing himself up onto his hands to watch your expressions. His chest tightens as you blush at him, a fond smile overtaking his face. “Cum as much as you want baby, wanna feel you cum on my cock.” Jungkook smiles, continuing his pace as you seem to like it, nails digging harder into his shoulders. 
“Cumming…” A loud whine fills the room, legs shaking around Jungkook's waist as you tighten around him. Your mind feels fuzzy, grinding against him as you ride out your high, Jungkook continuing until you begin to twitch especially hard. Stilling inside you, he returns to hold you close, kissing you gently as you come down from your high. “I love you, Jungkook.” You almost whisper against his lips, running your palms along the textured marks from your nails. 
“I love you too, Y/n.” He mumbles back, slowly leaning back onto his heels. You can feel him throb inside of you, reminding you of his situation. 
“Didn’t cum yet?” You giggle, leaning forward to run your fingers along his abs. His chest is flushed pink, golden skin glowing in the sunlight flooding into your room. The tattoos along his arms pop, piercings shining brightly in the sunlight as well. As Jungkook's palms hold your legs carefully, almost lovingly, you unconsciously clench around him. 
“Don't do that.” Jungkook huffs, making you smile. “Can’t cum as easily thanks to your little surprise present.” There’s a glint in his eyes as he easily lifts your legs, encouraging you to fold slightly, slipping deeper into you. 
You’re caught off guard as he slides out, thrusting into you in one swift motion. Your breath almost gets caught in your throat, a loud moan mixing with Jungkook’s own whine. The smirk on his face makes your core throb as he continues thrusting into you, snapping his hips slightly as he bottoms out. He easily places your legs onto his arms, watching every reaction and changing his movement accordingly. “Fuck Kook, good, it feels good.”  You moan and whine, grinding your hips together each time he bottoms out. 
Both hands remain at your sides on the bed, holding himself up as he fucks into you. Your faces stay unbelievably close as he folds you in half, noses brushing against each other’s every so often. It makes you clench around him as you both moan into each other’s mouth, not quite a kiss but lips brushing together. “I love seeing you like this, making such sweet sounds for me.” Jungkook groans, balancing on one hand as the other shoves itself between your bodies. It’s too late to protest when you realize what he’s doing, the vibration making your swollen clit ache more. “My sweet girl, so overwhelmed and pretty.” 
Your skin burns hot, every touch Jungkook gives feeling intensified as you try to focus on one at a time. You feel drunk, mind fuzzy as he rubs against your g-spot almost every thrust, bolts shooting throughout your body as your toes curl. Peeling your eyes open, tears absentmindedly stream down the sides of your face. “Sweetheart? Too much?” Jungkook slows, moving his head to get you to make eye contact with him. 
“No, no, don't stop. Just feels really good.” You reassure him, hands coming to wrap around his torso, holding his shoulders as your nails find purchase in his skin. Jungkook lets out light pants, eyes screwing shut as he tries his hardest to ignore how hard you’re wrapped around him. 
Slowly, Jungkook peels back, no longer hovering over you as he fucks into your heat. The new position makes you mewl, toes curling. Jungkook also has a much better view from this angle, applying more pressure with the vibrator. Your hips unintentionally buck against him, body still extremely sensitive from your previous orgasms. Jungkook snaps his hips harder, body rocking with each movement. 
“Dirty girl, taking my cock so well, like you were made for me. So fucked out you can’t even think.” Jungkook almost coos at you, making you whine as his movements become rougher. “You should fuckin see it, Y/n. So fuckin tight around me.” Your stomach tightens, Jungkook's words make you gush around his length. The next moan, Jungkook is sliding his thumb  against your tongue, a giant smirk across his face as you suck the digits. “Good girl.” Jungkook smirks, sliding his finger out, a string of saliva connecting it with your bottom lip. He easily replaces the vibrator with his thumb, using the saliva as lubricant as he rubs tight circles against your clit. 
“Kook, close.” you whimper, hands creating fists against the bedsheets. You’re sure Jungkook is covered in your cum, the faint sound of wet slapping filling your ears when you focus closely. Jungkook doesn’t seem to care, small groans falling from his lips when you tighten around him. 
“Go ahead baby, make a mess for me.” Jungkook smiles, continuing the same movements to ensure he doesn’t lose the spot. “Cum all over my cock, wanna feel you around me again.” He spurs you on, making you whimper. 
When you cum this time, it's unbelievably hard as you wrap around him hard. Jungkook slows his movement, almost unable to push into you. Your legs shake in Jungkook's arms, his palms comfortingly rubbing along your thighs in an attempt to soothe you. Your eyes screw shut tightly as you ride it out, head burying itself in the pillows. 
“Holy shit, that was so fucking hot.” Jungkook speaks softly, leaning down just enough to place a soft kiss on your cheek. Finally getting your bearings, a small chuckle falls from you as you softly place a kiss onto his lips. 
“I want you to cum with me.” You mumble against his lips, purposely clenching around him to emphasize your point. “I think it’ll be harder but you should be able to cum even with my present on.” You giggle, sitting up as Jungkook carefully pulls out. Maneuvering yourself up onto shaky legs, you smile as Jungkook carefully watches. His arms extend to either side of your body, ready to catch you if you topple over. It’s a fair precaution, considering how badly your legs shake with your weight on them. 
Jungkook watches as you maneuver around, facing your back to him. He’s slightly confused, finally understanding when you place your hands down. “You’re going to be the death of me.” Kook groans, watching as your arms fold, ass sticking up into the air. Your back is arched, jokingly wiggling your ass as you spur him on. 
He gives in, hands gently slapping the flesh underneath him as he moves closer. It makes you whimper softly, Jungkook quickly getting the message as he places a harder slap against your skin. He’s quick to rub the reddening handprint, a loud moan muffled by your pillow. Jungkook could cum on the spot, placing a couple more slaps just to redden the skin underneath his palms. “All cock drunk and whiny, like my own little slut.” Jungkook almost mumbles to himself, barely loud enough for you to hear. 
His words alone are enough to make you shutter, a small mewl threatening to escape from your throat. Feeling his thighs against the back of yours, you can't help the small whine of Jungkook's name that falls past your throat, begging for him. “Oh I know, honey, I know.” Jungkook coos, almost teasingly as he takes as much time as possible to line himself up. Kook pushes in slowly, purposely moving at a snail's pace as he listens to your whines and complaints. “Shhh, shhh. Do you feel how fucking tight you’re wrapped around me? So fucking warm, so fucking wet, pulling me in, y/n.” He hums to you, smiling at your legs shaking as he bottoms out. 
“So big, so full.” You call back, mind fuzzy as you fight to form full, comprehensive sentences. 
“Am I fucking you stupid, hm? Are you my stupid girl?” Jungkook continues teasing, leaning over and pulling you up slightly so his chest is flush with your back. “My dumb slut, hm? So overwhelmed, so desperate to cum.” He coos into your ear, one hand gently finding its place around your throat as he holds you against him. Jungkook hips are firmly pressed into the soft flesh of your ass, body's as close as physically possible. 
“Yes, your stupid girl.” You almost babble, peering over your shoulder to catch a glimpse of Jungkook’s face. “Your dumb slut.” His cheeks are flushed, eyes hooded as his eyes fill with lust. You’re likely not much better, cheeks likely flushed, lips bitten bright red, tear streaks slightly visible down your cheeks. Yeah, you’re definitely not doing better. “Bun, cum in me. Please, I want it, I need it.” 
You finally get a true whimper from him, words shooting straight to his dick as you wrap around him. “Anything for you, y/n. Always.” He mumbles softly, leaning forward the slightest bit more to kiss you. You’re in for it as he peels back, hands finding purchase on your waist as he begins rocking his hips. “So fucking perfect.” He mumbles, definitely to himself as you just barely catch it. 
Jungkook’s whines finally match yours, his staved off orgasms finally catching up to him. Kook’s hips snap into yours hard, leaving the skin underneath a soft pink. “Kook, need a little more.” You whine, frustration building as you become desperate to cum with him. “Wanna cum with you.” You whine, glancing back to catch the slightest glimpse. 
“I got you, just relax baby. Just feel for a sec, yeah?” Jungkook easily calms your nerves, easing your frustration. “Buns got you.” An arm sneaks around, easily finding your swollen clit as he rubs tight circles into the bead. 
Doing your absolute best, you try not to fight it, focusing on all of the sensations that Jungkook so graciously lends you. Your hands absentmindedly find your nipple, adding one more sensation that finally sends you over the edge. “Fuck!” You whimper, orgasm wracking over your entire body as you shove your face into the sheets. “Kook, cum please. Cum in me.”
Jungkook’s moan cracks in the middle of it, hips stuttering as he buries himself as much as possible. You force him to ride it out, rocking your hips back into him. Your body feels weak, Jungkook’s hands wrapping around your waist to stop your movement. “Cock ring always from now on.” Jungkook almost pants, slumping down against your back. His weight, along with your legs shaking for the past 2 rounds, make you immediately fall onto the bed. Kook lands on top of you with a small huff, not expecting it. 
Jungkook almost scurries off of you, forgetting how many times you came. “God, Kook.” You whine, willing your sore body to roll over onto your back. You can only offer him a lazy smile, completely worn out. 
“I love you.” Jungkook immediately says as you smile at him, the fond feeling blooming in his chest more than ever. 
“Can you…get tissues. Then come and lay on me.” Giggling, Jungkook immediately follows, cleaning you up as gently as possible. After, he leans off the bed, holding onto your ankle to let you know he’s still close by. “Wanna kiss you.” You don’t have to ask him twice, you never have. He immediately gives into you, slotting your lips together with ease. His weight helps ground you, holding each other close. 
“You okay?” Jungkook mumbles against your skin, trailing kisses over to your neck. 
“More than okay, Jungkook. I love you so much.” 
“I’ve loved you since you left me in that small-ass bathroom.” Jungkook jokes, pulling a hearty laugh from the both of you. “Completely blue-balled me.” Once again, you laugh out loud at the stupid comment.
Your heart is full, chest feeling tight as you peer at him. Your Jungkook of BTS, your bun, your Kook, your Jeon Jeongguk, Your everything all in one. All yours, always.
Tumblr media
4K notes · View notes
intimacyequalsdeath · 7 months
Text
Bubz's Slasher Fictober Day 6: Nubbins Sawyer x Reader (Or the hitchhiker for all you TCM players) (Apple Cider)
Day 6 is here! and the first week is coming to a close for Fictober. I hope you've all been enjoying this event so far and thank you for all the support for my first tumblr fic event! <3
Notes: Minors Dni, No use of pronouns, No smut in Fictober (yet wink wink). Gender Neutral reader with nothing described in detail.
Tumblr media
"Nubbins boy goddamn you!" Drayton's yell echoed through the house, you winced and buried yourself further into the blankets on the bed you shared with the middle sawyer brother. He had sent you up hear when Drayton and Bubba had returned home so you wouldn't be subjected to the venom that was about to spew from Drayton's mouth.
A hitchhiker pick up, something that Nubbins had been doing for years even before you came into the picture, had went completely wrong. The group of 3 college kids were much smarter then they looked and it ended with Nubbins nearly getting shot had Drayton not noticed how late the two of you were and sent Bubba out to check.
By the time Bubba reached you guys the man driving was angrily waving his weapon at you and Nubbins and yelling about what freaks the two of you were. The man had almost turned the gun on Bubba when Nubbins took him out.
The other two kids ran into the neighboring field but Drayton was already on his way to go chase them down with Bubba while you and Nubbins were sent an angry glare and told to get on home.
Nubbins sent you and apologetic glance before the two of you began to walk.
"D-do you think H-He's gonna be mad?" Nubbins asked you after a minute, You grimaced but answered truthfully.
"I'd reckon Drayton's already mad nubs"
Truthfully the two of you had fucked up big time, You couldn't imagine what would've happened if that guy had shot Nubbins. Drayton however had a way with words and could be particularly nasty when it came to his chili "Ingredients" being messed with, never mind his little brother almost dying to get them for him.
"What the hell were you thinkin'? You coulda died! Not to mention what would've happened had those kids got away and got help" You didn't like how Drayton would dress Nubbins down but if you wanted to keep your place in the family you'd stay out of the eldest Sawyer brothers way. Plus god forbid you did and Drayton said something particularly out of line to you it would cause an even bigger issue with Nubbins.
Nubbins must've made the smart choice to stay quiet and let Drayton's verbal lashings wash over him. One of the unspoken rules of the sawyer household was that you didn't argue with Drayton. Not that anything bad would happen per say but the eldest Sawyer could be so stubborn and set in his ways.
You hadn't noticed Nubbins enter your shared room till you heard the door close behind him. You sat up in bed against the headboard and looked at your boyfriend, your heart broke when you made eye contact.
Sadness etched across his face, the worst part was no matter how mean Drayton got Nubbins hated disappointing his older brother, he would never admit it out loud but he looked up to Drayton and one day hoped he would be the head of the family and match his brother is being able to take care of them. Even though that title would most likely fall to his only a few minutes older twin brother Bobby if he ever returned from Vietnam that was.
"Nubs" You said softly holding out your arms for any comfort you could offer him. He fell into your arms as soon as they opened and buried his face into your chest. You pulled the blanket around the two of you and you rubbed a hand down his back and felt him slightly untense himself.
"D-Drayton c-c-can be so mean sometimes!" He choked out trying to hold himself together, you smoothed his hair out of his face and nodded.
"I know he can baby" Nubbins then pulled a face you hadn't really seen before, it was as if he was fighting some internal battle at that moment so you decided to poke a little.
"You wanna be mad at him, but he's your brother and you love him? is that what it is?" You asked softly, He pondered a moment before nodding.
"Y-yeah, But h-he's so stubborn sometimes! I-i wish he was nicer" You nodded in agreement.
"I understand that nubs, and even though I do think Dray could be nicer you have to understand ever since Bobby got drafted his life hasn't been the best either"
Everyone in the Sawyer household took a hit when Robert had gotten drafted, especially Nubbins. With his twin brother he had never been separated from across the world fighting in a war Nubbins didn't have a clue what to do with himself.
He tried to throw himself into small projects and hitchhiking to bring in people, but you could still tell something was off.
"B-but w-we all m-miss Bobby" Nubbins said "N-not just him" You decided to use this to try and get some peace restored.
"What would Bobby say if he knew the two of you were at each others throats?" You felt Nubbins slightly tense at this.
"Bobby would be so disappointed if he knew you guys were fighting nearly every day since he left. I'm not asking every day to be perfect but I want you to try and get along with Drayton, If not for me do it for Bobby" You concluded, using your hand to bring him to make eye contact with you.
Nubbins smiled a bit before nodding eagerly.
"D-do it for Bobby" He said with a victorious smile before pressing his lips to yours.
As long as the Sawyer men were able to survive each other till Bobby returned, Then you'd consider it a win.
140 notes · View notes
starryevermore · 3 years
Text
forbidden fruit ✧ jake wyler
masterlist | send in a request (consult request faqs first)
pairing: stepdad!jake wyler x stepdaughter!reader
summary: jake didn’t think he could fall victim to temptation, until he saw you. 
word count: 1,378
warnings?: 18+ MINORS DNI, one-sided stepdad/stepdaughter relations (jake lusting after his stepdaughter), male masturbation (to the thought of his stepdaughter), reader is over the age of 18 (roughly mid-20′s), age gap (jake is roughly late-40′s to early-40′s), not proofread, this probably isn’t very good lmao
note: as stated in my request faqs, i don’t write stepcest. however, i'm making an exception to this rule because i wanted to explore jake’s inner turmoil in realizing his attraction to his stepdaughter without him ever taking any steps to act on such a taboo. i will not go further than this. do not send any requests asking to see him act on his desires. any such requests will not be responded to and promptly deleted. 
Tumblr media Tumblr media
Jake hadn’t thought much of you when he married your mother. You weren’t around much. You were going to college, lived on campus, and spent most of your days either studying or out with your friends. He only ever caught glimpses of you when you came back for winter and summer breaks (you opted to go on trips to Miami with your friends during spring breaks). Hell, he barely even saw you at the wedding. If you hadn’t been a member of bridal party, he might have forgotten you existed entirely. 
But now he was painfully aware of your existence. You had just gotten your Master’s Degree and you’d been living at his and your mother’s home while you searched for a job. Your mother had said it would only be a few weeks, tops. But that was a hopeful estimate. The job market was competitive, and finding a job in your desired field was proving more difficult than expected. You’d barely gotten any interviews since your graduation. Jake was half-convinced that you’d be living with them forever. 
That thought was once something he feared. And, yet, now...He wasn’t so sure.
There was something about you being home more often that had him looking at you differently. He was becoming more and more aware of the beautiful, intelligent young woman you were. He wondered if he had a type. Janey was beautiful and smart. His girlfriends in college were beautiful and smart. Your mother was beautiful and smart. 
Was that why things were changing for him? Or was there something more to it? Was it how your eyes twinkled when you spoke about something you were passionate about? The way you didn’t stand down when you knew something was right? How you tried to do right, even when it was hard? 
Or was it just because he knew he couldn’t have you?
You had just come back from a job interview. You were dressed professionally, in a grey blazer and pencil skirt and red blouse. You had left the house earlier looking excited, confident. Now, you looked like someone kicked a puppy. 
He watched you, from the living room, nursing a beer, as you trudged into the house. “How’d it go?” he asked. 
“Fucking horribly,” you grumbled. “They just, ugh. They spent more time eyeing me like I was a piece of meat than asking me questions about my qualifications.”
Jake took a moment to look over at you, his breath catching in his throat as he saw you bent over in the foyer, struggling to pull off your shoe. Wait. Why did he...No. Okay. This was nothing. Nothing weird was happening here.
“Well, you wouldn’t want to work at a place like that anyways,” he said. 
“Yeah, but I know you and Mom are dying to get me out of your hair. I, I don’t know. I’ll probably have to get a job that’s not what I want. Flip burgers all day or stock shelves or something.”
“Hey, now, don’t be like that. You’re gonna get the job you want soon enough,” he said. “And even if you don’t, you’re not bothering us to be here.”
“You don’t have to lie, you know,” you said. “It’s whatever. I’ll figure it out. But, I think I’m just gonna turn in for the night.”
“It’s two in the afternoon—”
“And I’m tired. Thanks, though, for the nice words. I’ll appreciate them when I’m not in such a sour mood.”
You walked away, going up the steps to your bedroom. And, though he didn’t mean to, he watched you disappear to the second floor, his eyes trained on your ass as you walked. But the spell you had over him washed away the second you were out of sight, as if it never really happened at all. 
Except, well, it wasn’t exactly gone. No, he saw you in a different light now. No longer could he just ignore your presence in his home. No, he was painfully aware of your existence, and the...attraction? he was experiencing. 
He didn’t understand it. He wasn’t convinced he wanted to understand it. He just knew that something had changed. It was like he suddenly knew what the fuck his family was on when his dad was trying to get him to sleep with his own mother when Priscilla broke up with him. Why his sister was so obsessed with him, why she always tried to get him into bed with her. There was something so alluring about something so wrong. And you, you were his forbidden fruit, and he was dying to have just a little taste of you. 
He tried to push it to the side, though. Forget about it. He was married. Perhaps not happily, but he was married. But the thing about pushing feelings to the side was, eventually they’re going to come roaring to the surface. And he was never going to be prepared for that.
It was the end-of-summer-pool-party his wife, your mother, insisted on throwing. He thought the whole thing was ridiculous, but she insisted that it was a neighborhood tradition and that it was their year to host. So, begrudgingly, he stood at the grill, looking out at everyone hanging around his backyard, trying his damned hardest to not grumble under his breath. 
“Say, Y/N’s single, ain’t she?” one of the neighbors, some husband of your mother’s friend from the country club. 
“Why?” Jake asked. “Lookin’ for an upgrade? ‘Cause you better look elsewhere.”
“Nah. My boy’s single, fresh out of law school. Actually just got a nice job down at Barber’s firm,” he said. “Was thinkin’ of settin’ them up together.”
Jake couldn’t stop himself from looking at you, the strange feeling of jealousy bubbling up in the pit of stomach. You were over by the pool, wearing a bikini that left little to the imagination, about to jump off the diving board. Did you always look like that? A vision of perfection? It made him wonder what you would look like with your face buried in his bed sheets, how your face would look when it’s all scrunched up in pleasure, and—
He shook his head, trying to come out of the daydream. “Uh, I don’t know. Don’t think she’s looking for a relationship, though.” He paused, then said, “Hey, you mind watching the grill for a couple minutes? Need to run to the bathroom.”
“Yeah, sure thing,” the husband of the whatever said. 
Jake pushed past him, past the crowd of people filling his yard and his home, heading straight upstairs to the master bedroom. He wanted privacy. He wanted to just...He wasn’t sure. He didn’t understand it. He wasn’t sure if he wanted to understand it. He was just aware, too aware, of the tightness in his pants and how he wanted nothing more than to relieve himself. 
He locked himself in the bedroom, laying back on the bed as he freed himself. His eyes screwed shut as he took himself in his hands, pumping his length, trying to reach his high as quick as possible. 
He couldn’t stop himself from thinking about you, though. How you would look in a pretty little lingerie set, kneeling on his bed, waiting for his order. Which way he would take you first—fuck your face until you were choking or eat you out until you were screaming? The coil in the pity of his stomach tightened, his orgasm fast approaching as he pictured you under him. Would he fucking in missionary, hold your hands in his, pin you down to the mattress? Or would he take you from behind, tug at your hair? He bet you’d like being spanked. Good girls like you always liked being spanked. 
The coil snapped, and he saw stars, gasping, as he came harder than he ever had before. He laid there, letting himself enjoy the moment of pleasure, before slowly getting out of the bed, cleaning up the mess he had made, making sure he looked presentable when he went back downstairs. 
And, as he took his spot at the grill once more, looking out at you as you floated in the pool, he knew that something like this couldn’t happen again. But, god, oh god, he wanted it to. 
Tumblr media
292 notes · View notes
agathasangel · 3 years
Text
her favorite (wilhemina venable x fem!reader)
Tumblr media
Warnings: Angst, Mina has a soft side, ambiguous/sad ending I guess. TW for injury, blood and death. 
Summary: When the apocalypse comes, you get taken away and brought to a strange underground sanctuary, which Wilhemina Venable ruled with an iron fist. But against all odds, this harsh woman took a liking to you. This is your relationship from when the you’re taken to the outpost all the way to when the timeline is reset.
You never believed there was anything extraordinary or special about you. You were a regular college student. You had no idea what you wanted to do with your life. Little did you know that you wouldn’t need to know anyway. 
You lived alone and spent most of your time drawing, writing or working for your classes. Even though you were lonely, you were still happy with your life. Until it all changed forever.
One day, you got a missile alert on your phone. You panicked, not knowing wha to do or if you should believe it or not. You decided to grab a bunch of food from your pantry, your notebook and pencils and a change of clothes, shoved them into your backpack and tried to run to the basement of your building. Before you could get there, you were grabbed by two men wearing all black.
“(Y/n), You have been selected by The Cooperative.”
“You’re coming with us.”
“What are you talking about? What’s the Cooperative?”
“Your exceptional genetic makeup has made you a prime candidate to survive this apocalypse. We’re taking you to an outpost where you’ll be safe.”
Because the only alternative was hiding in the basement of your apartment building and waiting for certain death, you decided to just go along with it and not fight.
The men put you in a holding cell. While you waited, you wondered who else the Cooperative decided to save. You worried about your family back home, your friends, and the girl from school you were in love with. What would happen to them? Would they get sent to an outpost? Would they find somewhere else safe? You couldn’t stand the thought of anyone you love dying of radiation.
You were at the point of wallowing in your regret for not doing enough before all this happened, and especially for not telling that girl how you felt about her, when the two men grabbed you again.
“Time to go.” one said. The two men stripped you and scrubbed you down, and then put you into a hazmat suit and took you to Outpost Three.
When you arrived, one of the first things you heard was a cane (her cane, you would come to find out) clicking against the floor.
The most beautiful woman you have ever seen, with red hair and black Victorian-style clothes who walked with a cane came into your view.
“I’m Wilhemina Venable,” she told you, “Welcome to Outpost Three.”
The woman showed you around the outpost. It was so large and ornate, nothing like what you were expecting.
“This place is beautiful. Was it built for this?”
“It was not. For years it served as an exclusive boy’s school. But it was donated. Once the Cooperative realized what was coming.”
“What exactly... is the Cooperative?”
“They are are saviors, Miss (y/l/n). The visionaries. The ones who saw the end, and decided to make it the beginning. I am their face, Miss (y/l/n).”
She showed you to your room. You did not expect to bunk beds or something, but instead you got a place all you yourself.
“As a purple, you will be furnished with a private suite.”
“A purple?”
“The purples are the elite. The ones chosen by the Cooperative to survive. The purples wear purple. The greys, our worker ants, wear grey. You see, Miss (y/l/n), here everyone must know their place. Luckily for you, your place is near the top.”
“What about you? What are you?” you said, resisting the urge to make some kind of innuendo about this woman you found incredibly hot being the top.
“I am neither. I am the right arm of the Cooperative, my job being to run this outpost.”
So she was the top. Nice.
“The house rules are simple. You will refer to me only as Ms. Venable. You will never leave the building due to the dangers of radiation contamination. If you leave you will not be allowed back in. And finally, no unauthorized copulation of any kind. Under any circumstances. You’ll find your evening wear on the right side of the armoire. You are expected in the music room at 6:30.” And the woman left. You knew you probably didn’t have much of a chance with the cold woman in the first place anyway, but the rule against sex confirmed it. It was okay though. You changed into the corset and purple gown Ms. Venable provided for you (was it the Cooperative that had a serious thing for Victorian fashion or was it just Ms. Venable?).
You walked into the music room, which was playing the same song on repeat, and was filled with a bunch of people who you vaguely recognized. Some talk show host, her son, his boyfriend, and a bunch of people from prominent families. You were the only one there so far that was just plucked out of their home by chance. 
During dinner, You sat next to where Ms. Venable sat at the head of the table. Despite knowing you didn’t have much of a shot, you were still attracted to her. But, did you just imagine, that she didn’t look at you with the same amount of disdain that she looked at the others with?
After a while, two more people like you showed up, and both of them were close to your age. However, they only wanted to be with each other most of the time. You assumed they would become a couple, and that Ms. Venable’s whole “no-sex” rule was probably really dragging them down.
One day, after an incident where the entire outpost thought they were being fed the body of one another purple who was killed due to contamination, you were in the library, sitting and drawing. You wanted to take your mind off of everything. You thought you were alone, but then you heard the click of a cane on the ground and realized that you weren’t. 
“(Y/n). I thought I would find you in here.”
You jumped and held your notebook to your chest. “Ms. Venable! Is there... something you need?”
The woman chuckled. “You’re not like the rest of them, you know that? You’re so much better.”
“You think so?”
“I do. And I do hope that you don’t think any less of me after last night’s debacle.”
Why does she care what I think? “I don’t. I know you would never.... do what Andre accused you of. And besides, wasn’t he contaminated? I know you wouldn’t make us eat something contaminated, that just doesn’t make sense...”
“I’m glad someone in this outpost has some damn common sense. I like you, (y/n),” she said as she walked by you and lightly ran a hand through your hair as she went by. “Do not tell the others that I favor you,” the woman instructed as she sat by you and peered into your notebook. She started asking you about your writing and drawing and you showed them to her. And you ripped out one of your most recent drawings, a drawing of Ms. Venable herself, and gave it to her.
“Thank you, (y/n). That is... kind of you.”
“Of course.”
The woman moved in to kiss you, and you obliged her. She wrapped her arms around your waist and kissed you. You closed your eyes and let your top lip fall in between her lips and she started to bite your lip, lightly at first and then roughly. You were really enjoying it, but then she pulled away.
“I’m sorry,” she told you. “Please, do not tell anyone.”
“Ms. Venable-”
“I’m sorry, Miss (y/l/n), but this simply cannot happen.”
“But-”
But she had left.
The next time you were alone with Ms. Venable was while Michael Langdon was giving his interviews. You had had yours earlier that day, and Ms. Venable seemed to be right after you. You were in the library, again, and you swore you heard crying. You looked for the source, and it was her. You didn’t even think that this woman could cry. She looked shocked to see you.
“Get out.”
“Ms. Venable, what’s going on?”
She was trying to hold on until you left, but you held out until the woman burst into tears again.
“Please, Ms. Venable, please tell me what happened. You know I care about you.”
“You’re the only one who does. And you wouldn’t if you knew what I really am.”
“That’s not true. Is this about your interview?”
“Langdon... he unzipped my dress... he saw my back, my disgusting...”
“Hey, I’m sure it’s not disgusting-”
“And then he told me that I didn’t... that I didn’t pass.. I’m going to die here, (y/n).”
“That’s not fair. I’m sorry, Ms. Venable.”
“I.. I hope you get out of here, (y/n). I still lo- I still, um, care for you.”
“I don’t want to leave without you, Ms. Venable.”
“I don’t think you’ll have much of a choice in that matter.”
Late that night, you were woken by a familiar sound of a cane and then a knock at your door.
“It’s open, please come in Ms. Venable.”
She entered your room and sat down on the foot of your bed.
“I have news,” she started. “Ms. Mead and I have plans to escape this place. She doesn’t know it yet, but you’re coming with us. We will find the sanctuary ourselves. How does that sound?”
“Great, Ms. Venable. I’m relieved to hear that.”
“Wonderful. So that’s settled then,” said Ms. Venable as she started to leave.
“Wait. Why don’t you stay in here, Ms. Venable?”
She hesitated but agreed. She climbed into your bed and hesitantly put an arm around you.
“You can call me Mina. That’s what my parents and the few friends I had used to call me before the war.”
“Mina... beautiful. You’re so beautiful, Mina.”
And she kissed you again. You didn’t go any further than that because she was afraid of you seeing the body she was so ashamed of.
“I understand. But I promise when you want to I will think that you are perfect, because you are, Mina”
“You’re too sweet, little one,” she told you. She fell asleep in your bed, with you. She woke up earlier than normal and shook you awake.
“I’m leaving so no one else finds out I was here. But I love you, my little one.” 
You reached out to her and she lightly touched your hand with the hand that was free from her cane before walking away.
That was the first time she said that she loved you.
This started to happen every night. Ms. Venable- or Mina would come into your room late, would talk with you and kiss you and most importantly, she would update you on the situation with the escape and Langdon.
The night before Halloween, she told you the most terrifying thing of them all. She and Ms. Mead planned on poisoning the entire outpost during the party, including Langdon, before their escape. You protested.
“It is simply what needs to be done, (y/n).”
“What about me?”
“You will hide in your room until we are ready. You will be locked in. I am sorry, (y/n), but your only other options are your death, my death, or both of our deaths. And I will not die.”
“This isn’t right.”
“What choice do we have?”
Mina still stayed with you that night, and while things were still tense between the two of you, she still told you she loves you, that she only wants to protect you. And despite everything, you still loved her.
All day, you dreaded every second that passed. The other purples were so excited about the party, and you wanted to tell them that they were going to die, but you simply couldn’t speak. When the party started, you were locked in your room. You had no idea what to do with yourself. You weren’t close with anyone in the outpost other than Mina anyway, but you didn’t want them to die. You heard the music downstairs and all the sounds of the happy partygoers. The young couple dancing. Coco, Gallant and even Mallory having fun together. 
You didn’t want to let it happen. But even if you could somehow get out, what would happen? What would happen to Mina? What would happen to you?
And then you heard screams. It was too late. 
And then, silence.
You expected Mina and Ms. Mead to come and rescue you and prepare for escape, but they didn’t come. 
After ten minutes, they didn’t come. After thirty, they still hadn’t come. You banged on the door and nothing happened. You searched and searched for a way out and there was nothing. You took a clip out of your hair and tried to pick the lock, and it finally worked. You ran down the hall, searching for any sign of Mina, Ms. Mead, anyone. And then, you saw her. 
Mina was lying on the ground of Michael’s bedroom, alone, bleeding. Someone had shot her.
“Mina! Mina, are you alive? What happened?”
“shhhhh....” she said, weakly. At least the was still alive. You searched for something to do and you decided to rip a big chunk of your skirt off and use it to stop Mina's bleeding. 
“Breathe,” you whispered. “It’ll be okay...”
You weren’t sure if you believed what you were saying, but her bleeding did slow. You did everything you remembered to help her, including keeping her warm and putting pressure on the wound. 
“I love you, little one.” said Mina.
121 notes · View notes
nohoney · 3 years
Text
I Just Want It To Be Us - 1.1
note: Part 1 of the Us series which is originally posted on my ao3 here
Us series masterlist
characters: Dabi/Touya Todoroki, Hawks/Keigo Takami
warnings: 18+, drug use, toxic relationships, cheating, angsty-ish
summary:
That question always rang through your mind every time he comes back smelling like one of his side whores and cash in his pocket. He’s your boyfriend but he’s been doing this since way before he met you, and he wasn’t going to stop just because you’re together. It was a condition that you pretty much forced yourself to accept from the very beginning because well… you really did like Dabi that much.
Dabi knows that it makes you upset but he’s not going to stop for your sake.
You know that he won’t.
1.1 ✧ 1.2  ✧ 1.3
Your mother would be so disappointed if she saw you with your current boyfriend.
“Marry a nice man, honey.”
“When you find someone to settle down with, make sure he’s the one.”
“Don’t flit about from guy to guy, it’s not lady-like.”
All these rules your mother set you up with when it came to finding a boyfriend, you knew it came from a good place in her heart. She was only looking out for you when she told you these things but didn’t she get that dating now was different in this age and time? You’re a free person and you can see however many people you want or you could see no one at all and that was perfectly fine as well.
She has a feeling you’re seeing someone but you haven’t confirmed with her. To be honest, you don’t think you’ll tell her anything about your current boyfriend. It would be for the sake of preserving her little, fragile heart. How horrified would she be if she found out her precious daughter was dating the local drug dealer in her college campus?
He didn’t like being called by his surname and he didn’t seem to like being called by his first name either. The first time he speaks in front of your intro to philosophy class, taking it just to fulfill one of grad requirements, he says to just refer to him as ‘Dabi’. It’s curious to the people who don’t know who he is already but who are they to argue with someone how they should be addressed?
So you call him Dabi.
You called him Dabi the first time you spoke to him in class, asking for notes from the day you missed before in class. You called him Dabi when he found you sitting alone in the library and he kicked your chair to get your attention. You called him Dabi the more you spent time together with him, even past the semester once your one shared class is over and final grades were submitted. You called him Dabi the first time he ever rails you on his cock in the backseat on his car.
You almost forget sometimes that his real name is Touya.
In his off campus apartment, he sits in a chair in front of the bathroom mirror and you stand behind him with plastic gloves over your hands, helping him dye the roots of his hair black. The dye stinks, you hate the smell of it, but he kind of suckered you into doing it for him this time. He promised that if you’d help him, he’d sit through one of your stupid romantic-comedy movies you’d been dying to watch for a while. But you had to tack on a condition if he was going to give you an incentive.
If Dabi watched a movie with you and wasn’t entertained by it enough, he’d always leave to smoke a joint and come back high just so that he could get through the rest of the film.
“No break of any kind unless it’s a snack or pee break, you understand me?” you tell him as you put the final layer of dye on his roots. “And no doing it before the movie starts! I want you sober when we watch it together.”
“Yeah, yeah doll. You have my word.” Dabi passively waves his hand at you as he looks down at his phone.
Your eyes casually glance down at his phone screen and see that he’s in his messages app.
Wonder if someone is trying to get him as a connect. You think to yourself as you dispose of the plastic gloves and the remaining hair dye. You’re cleaning up the hair dye tools and open the window to air out the awful smell of the dye, all while Dabi sits in his chair and stares at his messaging app. The sounds of incoming messages from his phone tell you that there’s a conversation going on but his fingers don’t move over the keyboard to respond. It’s not your business how he runs his operations.
“How long do I leave the dye on?” he asks as he stands up from the chair, putting his phone on the countertop, and literally rips the shirt off his body from the neckline down the middle. It’s just a regular t-shirt he bought to protect his skin from the dye dripping onto his body dispensable from the very beginning, but he didn’t have to make a show of it. The shirt drops to the floor in a heap and he kicks it off to the side; you are not picking it up for him.
Dabi’s hot, ridiculously hot, that’s the first thing anyone notices about him. Both his ears have multiple piercings and his nose as well sporting three studs on his right nostril. If he’s wearing short sleeves, the first thing anyone will see that his both arms are tattooed all black, save for where they end, at his hands and shoulders it’s detailed to look like his skin is being held together by staples. On any other person it would look ridiculous to you, on Dabi not so much.
He notices you staring and winks at you, but you scoff at him and push past him to exit the bathroom. “You know how long it stays on, you’ve done this plenty of times before by yourself.”
“I like it when you tell me doll.”
Ah Dabi could be so charming when he felt like it.
You roll your eyes at him but peck him on the lips. “Shut up, I’m going to order in some food for dinner today.”
“Wow, ordering in for dinner tonight. Such housewife material (Name).” Dabi pokes fun at you.
“And you’re going to be the perfect husband Dabi.” you tease back.
You’re not certain if Dabi is long-term boyfriend material, you’ve only been dating for about five months. It’s not a long period of time you’ve spent as boyfriend and girlfriend but you’ve had a lot of fun with him. Although you have to admit that part of the fun you were experiencing with Dabi was because of what he’s introduced you to.
Before Dabi, you’d only smoke a little bit of weed every once in a while or take the occasional edible to wind down. You never had your own stash of it, you’d only partake if a friend supplied or if you were at a party. There was no point in having your own selection if you didn’t really partake in it that much. You were okay with smoking from a joint or a bong every once in a while, maybe take an edible if you wanted something a little stronger than smoking flower.
After Dabi you’d indulge in the occasional gram of coke and maybe some ecstasy if you felt like you could afford to take two days off from work for the come down. There were still others you hadn’t given a try yet, like shrooms or 2CB or do a candy flip, but you were slowly working up the nerve to give them a try when you were ready. Dabi offered you a Percocet but god, never again because you were too fucked up the one time you tried it.
You didn’t really think in your life you’d be involved romantically with a drug dealer but honestly it’s not as bad as you thought it would be.
Oh yeah, try explaining that to Mom…
Dab treats you right for the most part, he’s never yelled at you or ever taken his anger out on you either since dating each other, he just sells narcotics on the college campus and he got you into it too, it’s not a big deal. It helped that Dabi took it easy on you rather than just pushing you to do more than you were comfortable with. The first time you were curious about coke, he made you a little thin line of it and it took you more than an hour to decide you were ready before finally snorting it. After that first one, he let you decide how long and thick you wanted your lines to be. He’d cut it nice and neat for you and point to which one was yours to take. Coke felt good but the drip was disgusting in the back of your throat.
Speaking of disgusting…
“Hey, it should have been long enough so wash that gross stuff out your hair and let’s eat dinner.” you called from the kitchen as you plated the takeout food that arrived not too long ago.
You and Dabi sit at his little dinner table with the television streaming some random drama for background noise. Dinner topics for the evening range from school, homework, family news if there is any, and when to coordinate seeing each other next in between classes and your part time job. Conversations go smoothly and you’re cleaning up the kitchen when Dabi comes up behind you and presses a kiss to the back of your head, nuzzling you as you wipe the plates you just ate off of. You feel a sense of dread because every time he does that it means…
“Hey, there’s a house party this Saturday and I gotta work.”
You bite your tongue inside your mouth and exhale through your nose.
He has to work so he’ll be gone for a while, has to disperse his inventory and has to please his regulars as well as find any potential new customers.
If it was just selling, it wouldn’t be an issue.
The real issue is that you know he fucks some of his female customers. No no no, they don’t just get free coke or acid or whatever they’re asking for by spreading their legs for Dabi. He still expects cash as payment, but if he thinks they’re pretty enough then he doesn’t mind getting something extra aside from money after a sale. He’s handsome so why wouldn’t someone want to hop on his lap and go for a ride?
Dabi saves you the trouble by just being upfront about it, swears to you that you’re his favorite and that he only sees the other girls if he’s making a sale, they’re just customers. He goes to them, he goes to their location and fucks them where they meet him. None of his side whores have ever been brought back to his place, not like how he lets you in so easily when you knock on his door. He doesn’t take them out or treat them sweetly like he does with you; it’s just a sale and a fuck. It still doesn’t matter to you though, it still makes you jealous. It makes you clench your jaw in anger and want to just deck him right where his nose piercings are.
You’re his girlfriend but did that title mean anything if he was still going to sleep with other girls?
That question always rang through your mind every time he comes back smelling like one of his side whores and cash in his pocket. He’s your boyfriend but he’s been doing this since way before he met you, and he wasn’t going to stop just because you’re together. It was a condition that you pretty much forced yourself to accept from the very beginning because well… you really did like Dabi that much.
Dabi knows that it makes you upset but he’s not going to stop for your sake.
You know that he won’t.
“Fine.”
━━━━✧
If Dabi gets to fuck other girls then surely you have the right to do just the same with boys right?
The thing is though is that you did one time just right before the two of you made your relationship official, you hit up an old fuck buddy of yours while Dabi was out selling at another house party in the middle of the night. He left a measly text saying not to wait up for him and that he’d see you for breakfast. It would have been sweet if not for the fact that he came to your apartment smelling like another girl, just spending just two hours with you before flitting off into the night. Two hours of him on your sofa smelling like someone else, not even offering to shower to get their stench off, and he did his best to placate you before giving up and letting you stew in your own anger.
So you hit up your old fuck buddy and you go to him, you just get straight to the point when you’re let into his dorm and fuck your frustrations out on him. You intended to go straight back to your home but angry fucking took a lot out on you so you just spend the night there instead. “Don’t cuddle me, I’ll be gone in the morning.” you tell him after patting his cheek and pulling the blanket over your body.
It’s a quarter before eight when you’re trudging back to your apartment and you see Dabi leaning against your front door. You’re going to ask how his night was but he abruptly pulls you to him and growls in your ear to, “Get in your fucking apartment… now.”
He knows you went out to get fucked, doesn’t want to know who you went to.
You and him argue for over two hours inside your home, pacing back and forth in the living room. It’s back and forth of ‘it’s just business with those girls’ from him and ‘why shouldn’t I be allowed to do it to you?’ from you. Dabi says it’s just business and they mean nothing to him, claims to you that you hurt him more because you did it out of revenge. He really got you screaming at him after he said that but he didn’t dare back down. He stands firm and so do you, that really gets him angry with you even more.
He didn’t apologize and neither did you.
You were jabbing your finger in his chest when he grabs you by the wrist, irritation and exhaustion evident in his turquoise eyes. “Don’t fucking do that to me.” he growls at you.
“Get your fucking hands off me Dabi.” you spit back, shaking his hand off your wrist. “Get out.”
“No, we’re not leaving it like this.” he insists. “We’re fucking talk about this.”
You throw your hands up in the air in exasperation. “No, you want to ‘talk about it’ until I yield to you which is never going to happen! We’re going around in circles! You’re not going to be sorry and I’m not going to be sorry!”
A tense stare off between the two of you for a few seconds.
Next thing you know, you’re pulling off each other’s clothes and you’re forced on your hands and knees in your own bed. The only foreplay you get is a few seconds of rough kissing and Dabi spitting on his fingers to prep you as quickly as he can. When he pushes in, it’s rough and a little uncomfortable but you’re quick to adjust to the punishing pace. He pulls your hair too hard, you backhand him in the face, he spanks you until your ass is red and aching, you dig your nails into his back and scratch achingly slow down his flesh to make sure it really hurts.
Hate fucking with Dabi was a whole new level of intensity for you but you keep up with him until it turns into slow love making.
The biting, angry dirty talk from the beginning turns into whining praises; from ‘you spiteful, fucking bitch’ to ‘my pretty, little angel’.
“Fuck babydoll, you know how good you feel? I think I’ve fucked you so much that your pussy’s shaped to take just my cock. This cunt damn near drained me dry but I still want more. Cum on my cock more, tell me how bad you want it.” Dabi whispers into the skin of your shoulder before licking a trail up to your chin and pressing a kiss to your cheek.
“Ugh, baby it’s so fucking good, only you know my body like this. I don’t want it from anyone else but you… shit, I’m going to cum again!” you groan as you clamp down on him once more and your pussy strangles his cock for more cum.
You fall asleep after two hours of fucking, your head resting in the crook of his neck and his arm around your shoulders to keep you close. The both of you are all fucked out but your mind is still fixated on the fight. Despite the intimate sex that’s brought you closer together after rounds of hate fucking, it doesn’t change the fact that Dabi still fucks his customers sometimes and you’re still resentful about it.
“If it makes you feel better then fine (Name), you can fuck who you want.” Dabi says to you when the both of you wake up and are pulling your clothes back on your bodies. “But know this, if you want to be in on this then you’re just going to have to accept that I’ve been doing this since before I met you and it’s not going to stop just because we’re together. So go ahead, fuck who you want but as long as you always come back to me. I always come back to you, don’t I sweetheart?”
You’re smoothing your hair down, taking in his words before looking up at him and asking, “We’re together?”
Dabi’s eyes are full of mirth as he approaches you, pulling you close to his body and squeezing one of your asscheeks in his hand. “You’re my favorite, my number one, I like you (Name). The things I do for you, what I’ve done to you, no one else gets that from me.”
He didn’t apologize and neither did you.
But funnily enough even though he gave you permission to sleep with whoever you wanted, you didn’t really have the desire to do so. He comes to you smelling like other girls sometimes and that should be your cue to go find your own rando to hump on but you just… don’t.
Part of you wonders if Dabi is happy that you don’t go around like he does despite his blessing. You’re resentful towards yourself sometimes that you don’t go out and have some fun with someone else too. He gave you permission so you should take him up on it, that makes sense given the circumstances. Apparently the only thing that was important to him was that he always be your priority the same way that you were his.
Maybe at the time you just wanted the rush of revenge and now it was different that Dabi took that away from you by giving you permission. Maybe he knew that once he gave you the green light that you weren’t going to bother anymore with seeking anyone else out.
You were certain that he was manipulating you but you didn’t have solid evidence so there wasn’t much you could do. What the hell were you supposed to say to him?
Hey Dabi you tricked me into not sleeping with other people?
Dabi did always give you a heads up at least when he was going out to sell and he always tried to make you happy when he comes back. He offers to order in your favorite food, bring your favorite bottle of alcohol with your favorite juice to chase, eat you out until you’re a quivering mess on his mouth, or nudges half of a tablet of ecstasy in your hand and says that he just wants to put on music and house roll with you.
It still doesn’t change that you get jealous no matter how many sweet things he does for you.
But you like him enough to deal with his shenanigans… just barely.
━━━━✧
“Why don’t you come with me?” Dabi asks you as soon as you’re back from work. You’re tossing your purse onto your sofa and drop your body onto the cushions, your head in his lap and seeking his warmth. His hand goes to your head to start massaging your scalp, his fingers working magic and making you groan in pleasure. “Come with me tomorrow doll.”
You roll your eyes and turn your head to look at whatever show Dabi was watching while he was waiting for you. “To watch you flourish your business? I don’t think so. I’ll stay behind like I usually do.” you scoff, pressing your cheek against his leg and sighing.
He’s never asked for you to come along before, he doesn’t need the distraction of babysitting you. You wonder what’s caused him to ask you to tag along.
“Come on doll, just come along. Odds are I won’t be coming back the night of the party and Keigo will be there tomorrow, he can keep you company.”
Ah you loved Keigo, he was the only one that Dabi really considered to be a friend to him. Maybe it was because he could keep up with your boyfriend in regards to their drug consumption but you could see that they had a bond beyond just getting high together, more than just pills or powders or tabs that keeps them together. Together they both seemed like laid back individuals but Dabi only seemed laid back due to how apathetic he was whereas Keigo was actually a chill person because that’s how he actually was, it wasn’t just the air about him that made him seem so.
You loved being with Keigo, he always spoiled you silly and made you laugh.
“I don’t know, what exactly will I get out of it?” you shrug your shoulders and huff out quietly.
Suddenly two little baggies come into your view, one filled with white powder and the other with a little pink tablet. “Is this supposed to be a bribe to get me to come along?” you ask, staring at the bags and not bothering to take them from your boyfriend’s fingertips. You won’t lie that it is a little bit tempting, just a little bit.
“Maybe so, you know that my merchandise for you is discounted doll. Nothing but the best for you, my shit is always clean.” Dabi shakes the little baggies as if the contents are going to be more enticing if he does so. There’s definitely a big truth to what he said, the quality to his inventory is nothing less than superb. It’s why his clientele always kept on coming back to him but the absolute best was either for his favorites or it was apart of his own personal stash.
You’re staring hard at the baggies and start debating in your mind. Dabi would still give it to you even if you insisted that you stay home but there was no fun in doing it alone. You had some friends that could help you kill the coke if you asked them over but god forbid they start feening, that’s when they became difficult to deal with. There was no point in you holding onto them either if you weren’t going to do anything with them right away.
Since Keigo was going to be at the party tomorrow and if Dabi was going to give the baggies no matter what…
“Alright, only since Keigo is going to be there. Nothing else.” you give in and pluck the two baggies from Dabi’s hand and sit up on the sofa. “Now how much do I owe you for your merchandise sir?”
Dabi smirks at you as he crawls over you until you’re lying flat on your back, like you’re his prey and he’s the predator. “Just your usual payment madame, if you please.”
121 notes · View notes
passable-talent · 3 years
Text
nobody requested this but here it is
dedicated to: the new love of my life, for whom I reopened my lip piercing. also to @haydens-moles​ 
Sam Monroe x Male!reader because this is 100% self indulgent
Tumblr media
Between the ages of sixteen and twenty, you’d outgrown a lot of things. Thinking you were cooler than the need for school, that was one of them. Trying to scream along to your music was another- you just let the professionals handle those parts, and picked up the song again when the singing came back. 
The two things you hadn’t outgrown, through the last two years of high school, and the first two years of college? Your excessive amount of piercings, and your crush on Sam Monroe. 
Honestly, fuck that guy. Fuck him and his high cheekbones and smooth biceps and long-sleeve-under-short-sleeve fashion sense. Fuck him and his dyed hair and his rings and his piercings. 
You’d been closer friends with him then your sister, Alyssa, for most of your life. She stopped talking to him for a while in the first few years of high school when he moved out of his dad’s house right next to yours, but he stayed close to you, your taste in music and drugs keeping you familiar. 
Sometime right before his dad died, you started to pull away from him. It was a dick move, yeah, to abandon him when he so desperately needed his friends, but you were crushing on the straight guy who’d started fucking your sister, so. You had some valid feelings, too. 
You both went off to college, and didn’t see each other, pretty much ever- you went to different colleges, and both of you roomed on campus. You thought that maybe you would even escape him when you went home for the holidays, since Alyssa broke up with him before freshman year. Because she liked to ruin your plans, though, she stayed friends with him, for some fucking reason. She wasn’t one to hold onto an ex-boyfriend, so you didn’t really know where that was coming from. 
Especially since... 
Okay, Alyssa tells you practically everything. You’ve always been really close, being fraternal twins and all, but when you figured out you were gay in fifth grade, it gave the two of you so much more to talk about. And yeah, she knew you super well, and she knew you were crushing on Sam. She had always assumed the two of you were the perfect match, with your piercings and your attitude and your band tee shirts. It didn’t hurt that she thought he was gay. Right up until she started sleeping with him. 
You couldn’t exactly blame her. 
And then she broke up with him a year or so later because she could feel something was off, and it seemed like he took about a year or so to figure himself out before texting her one night with the words ‘you were right, turns out: I am gay.’  Which pissed you off more than surprised you, because- honestly, the bad timing, right? 
Either way, you grew to loathe holidays. Whenever you came home from college, so did he, and he always came to see Alyssa. 
Every time he did, he felt the simmering anger you held toward him, it’s not like you hid it very well. It’s hard to look into a face adorned by dyed hair, just like yours, and lip and ear piercings, just like yours, and still manage to hide your emotions. Dammit, he really was perfect for you. The older you got, the more he proved it.
It just made you hate him more. 
He never said a word about your animosity, when you disappeared into your room whenever he visited, not to be seen again until after he left. He didn’t say a word when you got snappy with your sister when he was around, he said nothing when you didn’t come down to eat dinner with your family, so long as he was at the table. He took it in strides. 
And then he decided to stop sitting idle, and figure out what was wrong with you. 
You were in the living room on December eighteenth, watching TV. Your mom and sister had left to do some Christmas shopping, so you’d tossed your feet up onto the arm of the couch and raided the alcohol your mom swore up and down she’d notice if you swiped. 
She never did. 
It was about eight PM when the doorbell rang, and you groaned, knowing it meant you’d have to leave your extremely comfortable position practically upside down on the couch. Throwing your legs to the floor, you made it to the door, moving the remote from its place on your chest to the coffee table. 
Pulling aside the curtains covering the door’s window, you realized that it was Sam- why the hell he’d come after sundown, you didn’t care to know. 
You popped open the locks, then opened the door. 
“Alyssa’s not here,” you said, voice short, and went to close the door again. He stopped you before you could. 
“I know,” he said, then shouldered past you and into the house. What a dick move- to assume he was welcome inside, to assume he could wait until she got back. 
“Jackass, she’s not gonna be home for a while,” you said, hostility in your voice even as you took another sip of your beer.
“I know,” was his only response, leaning against the stairwell. He crossed his arms, just... looking at you. How did he know that? And why was he staring into your soul?
“Yeah, alright, whatever,” you conceded, skirting past him and into the stairwell, retreating to your room as you always did when he entered the house. “You know where the food is. Enjoy doing fuck-all until they get back.” 
“Four years ago, we were friends,” he said, catching you off guard when you’d made it to the landing halfway up the stairs. “What happened?” You froze, then turned to face him. 
“You..” you trailed off, giving him a look. That was why he’d come over? To interrogate you? “If you haven’t figured it out by now, you don’t want to know.” 
“What if I do?” You glared for a moment longer before stepping forward, leaning your elbows onto the banister of the stairwell. Before you spoke, you grabbed your lip ring between your teeth. 
“You’re in college, you’re smart enough to puzzle it out,” you said, looking at him like he was scum on earth. “What did you do four years ago that might piss me off?” You could see him begin to consider, thinking through his history. It only frustrated you further that the obvious answer wasn’t obvious to him.
“Okay, jackass, I’ll give you a hint,” you said, beginning to let anger into your voice, “What did you do in this house that might piss me off?” You saw a realization light his eyes, but he didn’t say a word. 
“What, you need another hint, dumbass? You slept with my fucking sister!” Sam looked up at you, and finally you began to see some anger cloud his gaze. 
“So? What’s that got to do with you?” You leaned forward further, lifting a single finger toward him.
“First of all, I’m pretty sure its a fucking rule that you shouldn’t sleep with your best friend’s sister.” He rolled his eyes, which just pissed you off further. 
Like you’d been doing all your life, you vaulted over the bannister, landing in the center of the entryway. You righted your spine, stepping toward him dangerously.
“And you know what I was doing while you were sleeping with my sister?” You snarled, intimidation in your step as you approached him, “You wanna know what your best fucking friend was doing?” He stood his ground, and fuck him, he was just a bit taller than you, so you couldn’t be as intimidating as you wanted to be.
“I was trying to stop being in love with you,” you snarled, lip piercing clacking against your teeth as you spoke. “My best friend’s in the next room over, his dick in my sister, and I’m the dumbass who’s in love with him.” For a moment, there was silence in the house- you hadn’t really expected to admit it to him, especially not like that, and he hadn’t expected such a confession at all. 
You couldn’t let the silence last. You were too infuriated. 
“And then, you had the fucking nerve to go off to college and find out you actually were gay.” An odd thing to be angry about, sure- but you weren’t sure your anger was really at him. Maybe you were angry at yourself, maybe you were frustrated with how the past had unfolded. “How dare you? You had the fucking nerve to be into guys the whole time and still go for my sister over me? You know how much easier it would’ve made high school if you’d just figured that out a little earlier?” You turned your back on him, incapable of looking at him directly. Whether it was out of anger or embarrassment, you didn’t care in the moment to discover. 
“To be fair, I didn’t know I was into dudes when I was with Alyssa.” Somehow, hearing him say that made you even angrier. 
“Yeah, whatever.” You were fucking done with the whole conversation- fuck the movie you were watching, fuck the beer you left on the kitchen island, fuck him. You were going to go upstairs and wallow in some self-pity. Mr. Brightside by the Killers had been your latest song obsession- if it had come out while you were in high school, it would’ve been your anthem. 
“You’re studying to be an engineer, right?” he asked, once again surprising you. 
“Yeah,” you said, not turning to face him, hissing the word over your shoulders. 
“So you’ve probably not taken too many humanities.” What the fuck was he on about? 
“Just ethics, freshman year.” 
“I took a human sexuality course last semester,” he said, and you rolled your eyes. Where the hell was he going with this? Did you really care to know? “Figured out a lot about myself. You know, some gay guys sleep with their friends’ girlfriends because they can’t sleep with their friends?” 
He couldn’t be serious. 
He could not be implying what you thought he was. It would make him not only an idiot, but a destructive one, too. 
“Are you telling me,” you said, voice almost a growl as you turned to him, “That you slept with my sister because you wanted to sleep with me?”
He didn’t say yes. But nothing about his body language said no.
“You fucking prick-” you snarled, and it was like all of those issues you’d had with discipline and anger in high school rushed right back. In that moment, you really did mean to punch him. You took the deliberate step, aimed for his jaw, right below that pretty blue eye with the accentuating eyeliner. 
He saw you coming and ducted out of the way, letting the swing pass over his head. This meant he was close enough, though, to receive your right knee under his ribcage. He reacted in time to grab the knee before it reached him, holding your leg in the air, and time paused while you stared at each other. Rage boiled behind your eyes, and he dared you to try again. 
“Get off me,” you hissed, ripping your knee from his grip and shoving him backwards by the shoulder into the wall. When his shoulder blades impacted the drywall, picture frames hanging halfway across the room rattled. You held him there, right hand keeping him against the wall. Your face inches from his, you brought an accusatory finger under his chin. 
“Fuck you,” you growled, but you noticed when his gaze flicked to your lips. Whatever you had meant to say was absolutely gone from your mind- no way you could think of anything after he leaned forward, pressing his mouth to yours.
‘Cause, like... fuck. 
This is what you’d been thinking about since you were twelve, you know? This is what you’d been dreaming about, waiting for. Holy shit. His lips were so soft, the slight chapping catching and dragging across your lip piercing, and his hands had left the wall and now dragged across the fabric of your shirt, wrenching you closer. You dug black painted fingernails into his hair, freshly blue for the holidays, and damn, this really was everything you’d ever wanted. 
He brought his hand down to your lower back, tugging you closer until there was no space between the two of you anywhere, especially not where his tongue invaded your mouth. 
You pulled away, breath heavy, eyes half-lidded. 
“Fuck you,” you hissed, but he knew you didn’t mean it anymore. Or, not in the same way, at the very least. 
“Were you really gonna punch me?” He asked, reaching up to cup your face, running his first finger over the first of your two earrings. 
“What else was I supposed to do?” You asked, and he just laughed, pulling you in to kiss him again. This time, you took your arms all the way around his neck, willingly pressing your chest and hips against his. He reached down to your thighs, lifting you up, carrying you back to the couch and the movie you’d long forgotten about. 
He broke from your lips and started attacking your neck halfway there, and when he dropped you onto the couch, he fell with you, like he’d rather risk smacking his face to the couch than lose his lips on your skin. Only when you had a nice dark spot on your neck and your heels trying to drag him closer did he pull away, a smirk pulling his labret to one side.
“Still gonna go up to your room whenever I come over?” He asked, expression playful, like he expected you to swing for him again.
“Ass,” you sneered, dragging him back down to you again. 
-🦌 Roe
part 2
206 notes · View notes
katsukikitten · 3 years
Text
Tumblr media
Warnings College AU sexual and adult themes. Yall know the drill okay
Chapter 2
Bugzapper⚡💔: i have a proposition to make. 
Jiro flashes Mina her phone as she sips iced coffee in the blessed air conditioning of the cafe.
"That's never a good sign." She comments, moon bright eyes glued to the phone as she thinks. 
"What's not a good sign?" Uraraka asks from across the table, the two girls fill her in. 
"Oh." She racks her brain on what that could be, "Okay well I'm dying to know, now." 
🎵Music to my soul 🎶 : What do you want airhead? 
Jiro's text sent a surge of excitement through Kaminari. It was exactly what he needed after three hours of begging and bribing Bakugou to allow the sorority in or at least invite them. His fingers fly across the screen setting up a date and time for a "meeting over lunch" to discuss the proposition in further detail.  
Meanwhile across campus, you huff, eyes narrowed as a rare emotion is pulled from your fingertips in the form of deadly ice. Pulling the moisture from the air to freeze it or pulling any water towards you to keep your flank safe as your opponent rushes you at breakneck speeds. 
You hated this fucking guy, cocky, brash, so God damn arrogant in the way he held himself, in the way he spoke. It made you nauseous just thinking of him.Had you known he was the male star of this university you wouldn't have transferred, yet you still needed to transfer didn't you? Anything to get out from under the shadow of a certain Todoroki. 
No one cared to admit or to notice, that your quirk was different from Shoto's. You could manipulate water towards you to freeze, and manipulate whatever was already frozen. Your ice was denser and more durable than his and dare you say it colder than his too. Yet no one gave a shit, his was ice AND fire. You were just a one trick pony and a trick they already saw. Your opponent's taunting doesn't help matters much.
"I've already seen this before Ice Brat. Did ya forget where I fucking went to high school?" His hand heats the ice as he activates his quirk before three deafening blasts ring out. 
As you allow him to break down the ice you act on pure rage, securing some revenge from the first time he signed your hair. Pointed icicles lie in wait and once the wall is fully down you give him a nasty smirk before sending the straight his way. 
You're supposed to melt your weapons before they hit your opponent, neither of you are supposed to go all out per the professor's and college's strict rules in the athletics department but Bakugou always does. Somehow his big stupid mouth spews something that eggs you on. As if someone were shoving bamboo skewers beneath your skin, under your nails, sending you into an unheard of rage. 
Normally you were as your quirk, icy, unbothered by the world but Bakugou, God you could wring his neck. Freeze his hot blood as you watch him turn into slush beneath your feet. 
He expects you to abide by the rules, to splash him with glacier water but he realizes it too late. That you won't he let's off a quick blast, shattering two of the four deadly points. One grazes his cheek as he just barely dodges while the other lodges itself into his arm. 
You have half a mind to twist it. You pull at his blood bringing it into your arsenal. Blood red needles and bullets surround Bakugou. 
"I don't think you've seen this before.." You say darkly ready to release your hold and shred him into, give him a taste of his own medicine. Maybe he would see how bitter and nauseating he was. He smirks, opening his mouth to retort but you send your ice his way aiming for non vital spots although the ice creeps closer to your heart begging it to hit something vital. The inside of your ice palace begins to reek of burning sugar and spice, he plans to let out an explosion to bring this whole place down from the inside out. 
Just as he is about to detonate and just as the blood and ice are about to pierce skin the professor bursts into the gym.  
"I step out for five minutes and this is what happens?!"
The ice and blood return to liquid splashing across Bakugou as his skin pops. The professor takes in the damage from your ice and his explosions, still better controlled than most of his other students quirks. 
"I gotta stop pairing these two together." He murmurs to himself before dismissing class. With a flick of your wrist the ice fortress melts, returning to the reservoir below the gym floor, ignoring the molten glare that is sent your way.
"You're such a bitch." Bakugou growls as you pass, flinging blood from his fingers as he wipes at his face. You offer him a fake pitying smile before heading into the women's locker room. 
"Fucking asshole." You hiss, forcing the sight of his garnet gaze out of your mind. Instead turning your attention to your buzzing phone in your locker. It's a few missed calls and some texts in the girl's group chat. Briefly you wonder if you ever should have joined that stupid sorority, it was small, non toxic, and would look good should you need to transfer again. 
Not only did you somehow get elected the president but you also became friends with the three other ladies despite your best efforts not too. 
Mins: Prez we might have a way to save the sorority...lunch after you're done with training? 
IceQueen ❄: Hope it's good, the Dean already put the house up for sale. Let me get ready and I'll be there shortly. 
Mina presents her phone to the crowd around her, Kirishima, Denki, Sero, Jiro and Uraraka do a small celebration. Denki more so than anyone else, he knows the combined car washes will be more than enough to fix up the house, he also recently learned that you had the power of negotiation on your side. Having just listened to Mina retell the story of how you got free food for a month from a bar for yourself and your friends. And not from some sleaze who wanted to sleep with you either, no it was from the owner himself. 
Denki is hopeful and so are the ladies indicating that this may be his best idea yet. 
You arrive at the small bistro early, spying your party on the front patio. The three men had seen you in person before, they knew you were easy on the eyes but up close you were breathtaking. Manicured nails but nothing gaudy, normally nude or soft shades, light makeup, mascara at most as far as they could tell and your outfit was well put together. You were what the world called plus size but everyone else called thiccc. Your confidence oozing in your light blouse tucked into your black skinny jeans, uncaring that you had a pouch. 
You needed that extra fat to keep from freezing by your own quirk. The only thing you needed society to worry about was your intelligence and your power. 
Both were SSR ranked so what did you fucking care that your body was ranked lower. They were stupid in thinking you'd skimp power in the name of vanity. 
You recognize everyone at the table and internalize the dread you're feeling. Scheming is afoot and you're the last to arrive. You can tell by their half finished drinks and picked over appetizer, still you sit and act unaware. Denki goes to hold out his hand first for a formal introduction causing a sly cat smile to settle over your glossy lips. 
"No need, I'm aware of who the three of you are. Sero we share our lingual class, Denki, our chemistry class, and Kirishima we share two classes, world studies and villain hero theory. Truly a pleasure." You tell then your name before ordering something to drink from the lingering waitress. Sitting stick straight with your shoulders backs has the men mirroring you. 
"Well ladies I take it the plan to save the sorority involves these fine gentlemen." You ask coolly and they nod. After a moment of silence Mina and Denki go to speak. Awkwardly encouraging the other to speak until Minai clears her throat. 
"As you know they are a newly formed frat with Sero as their president. They moved into their house about a month ago and they say it is quite large. So they have invited us to move in." 
"How do you propose we ask the college to have a co-ed house? What does this fraternity home even look like?" They knew you would be quick to ask questions Mina answers the first while Denki provides the answer to the second. 
"Union and Diversity. Forming close relationships now to carry over into our hero careers." 
"The house needs some work but looks a lot better than what it did." Denki shows you before and after pictures as you gesture for his phone. He passes you his electric yellow case with nervous hope tingling beneath his skin. You swipe through the photos. 
"You boys did a great job on the outside. Inside needs a lot of work. Hardwoods will be easy to fix, they are original but don't seen to be damaged, a good scrub will spruce them up. Wait, are those?" You zoom in on the photo of the living room, "Are those foldable camping chairs and a VHS tv?" 
They gulp loudly as they nod, your purse your lips in disapproval. 
"I can fix that." You pass Denki back his phone, assuming that all the roommates will be present, "I see the main focus was the kitchen but some of the appliances seem to be on their last legs. I can fix that as well." 
"Soooo….So it's a yes?" Jiro asks, feeling relief for the first time in months since they received the letter of eviction. 
"Gotta get the college to agree first." You think on it a moment, "But I'm sure we can arrange that. Uraraka can you draft an email to the Dean requesting an official meeting regarding our sorority? Be sure to explain in detail our situation, how we are being forced to disband by their account and the solution we have. Make sure it's an afternoon meeting too. The dean hates to miss golf with our rival university's dean." 
With the plan set in motion all of you return to your evening classes. Jiro nudges Denki in the ribs, listening to his heart race from their closeness. 
"When are we going to tell her about Bakugou?" She throws her almost lover a look that he seems to wither beneath. His jaw tics before he retorts. 
"I think we should wait to see if this even works first." 
After a week the important meeting arrives and as you thought the Dean is already exhibiting signs of impatience. He is more than ready to wrap this up and you already know his answer is going to be no. Already trying to get it out before the four of you can even have a seat. 
Still you weren't the Ice Queen on campus for nothing. You saunter into the room, mineola folder filled with your copies of counterpoints pressed firmly to your chest, you can already see he doesn't have the copies you sent him. You place the folder down and open it, leafing through the pages as you speak. 
"This request is going to be approved and here are the reasons why. An example of sexism could be made that a new fraternity was approved housing, new housing, after a decades old sorority was deemed "too small" both parties are similar in count. Second funding and donations are easily influenced with letters to alumni and especially by attendees to this university. My transfer from YAU has brought in revenue of roughly 2.6 million dollars, increasing your diversity for women when this is normally a male dominated school. I am aware that my transfer had even encouraged other students from YAU to transfer here. Which I'm sure is one of your favorite bragging points to tell Dean Fraunk during your weekly golf trips isn't it? So it would truly be a shame if these points would come to light in the investigation of my return to YUA just months before the university sports festival. I do look amazing in Ice Blue you know. Matches my quirk a lot better than Maroon." You put the ball in his court, he is visibly upset, eyes flying to the facts that you've presented. All important, viable facts. You were right MMU was known to be a male dominated school and the media would have a field day if they uncovered a mistake he happened to look over. Not to mention you were his main bragging point, Dean Yuzi always talked about how he had stolen you, the female star of rising heroes, from YUA.  The silence in the room is amplified by the ticking of the clock, seconds accumulating into minutes as it counts down his T time with his old college buddy and rival. He gulps nervously, knowing what he has to do in order to keep both his bragging rights and a law suit under wraps. He looks up to you as you wear your stone cold face, making him think of a loan shark who hasn't been getting their payments on time. He is fearful for your future boss.  
"I believe I have no choice but to approve." 
"Correct." You respond, "Now we have a bit more to discuss. I noticed that classrooms 456 and 215 are being remodeled. Those gently used flat screens will be given to our house since it is technically college property. Common space 3 and 1 are being renovated in dorms A and B. We will accept the leather arm chairs as they are in good shape but we demand a new couch. I know it is in the budget as I help plan the budget. I also believe it is time for an allowance for our hybrid house." The Dean shrinks away from your tenacity, nodding as that is all he can do.  
"Well this is a generous offer and should cover most of the basic necessities such as a new fridge and mattress. The aesthetic we will be raising funds for. Kindly spread the word, we don't want to take up more of your time and be late with your 'meeting' with Dean Fraunk." You place a flyer on his desk as you turn on your heel. The rest of the sorority, mouth agape following suit. Yuzi looks down at the flyer, head hung in a mixture of disbelief and shame as he reads over the neon paper advertising a co-ed car wash. 
He just hopes you and Bakugou are worth the trouble. 
154 notes · View notes
sanchoyo · 3 years
Text
danny phantom 14-20 thoughts!! I finished up s1 :D these last few eps were actually really really good!!!
-did. did tucker really just say esperanto was a dead language only spoken as a secret code between geeks. google says around 100,000 people actively speak it. oh my god...it being an auxiliary language doesn't mean its 'just for geeks to speak in code' ...it helps bridge gaps between people who don't have a language in common...
-danny really isn't pulling punches when it comes to fighting the ghost-cop possessed people huh. like he SLAMMED KWAN INTO THE CONCRETE SO HARD. HE THREW PAULINA INTO A BILLBOARD. will that...I mean it WOULD carry over to their bodies non-possessed, right? like if the ghost piloting their bodies gets hurt?? itd be so upsetting to be possessed, lose time, then wake up covered in bruises (and possibly, broken bones??) real horror movie stuff im sure wont be addressed in any way
-tuckers parents seem nice! I like them :)
-WULF IS CUTE AND I FEEL BAD. im so glad the gang realized he was only causing trouble bc of the shock collar walker put on him and helped. also, him wearing that big hoodie with the hood on, and thinking its subtle. we can tell youre still a giant wolfie :) THEN GETTING SUCKED INTO THE PORTAL AAAAH :( anxiously waiting to see Him Again....
-DANNY BLASTING HIS PARENTS THINKING THEY WERE OVERSHADOWED LMFAO GET THEIR ASSES. maddie marking how many ghosts she gets with lipstick tallies on the side of her portal gun? kindaaa iconic tho. (ALSO, SHE WAS LIKE, 2 FT AWAY FROM HIM RIGHT AFTER SHE TRIED TO SHOOT HIM. HOW DO YOU NOT RECONINZE YOUR OWN SON??? like sure, he might have diff hair/eye colors. but like, if one of my family members dyed their hair, and was wearing contacts, its not like id be like 'wHO IS THIS STRANGER!!!' ...he still has all his facial features!! same everything!!! I hate it here)
-paulina being #1 girl realizing danny's a friendly ghost immediately. smart queen. lancer and kwan ran away right after he made this sweet baby face at them:
Tumblr media
which is hilarious.
-ok. im not saying his bullying is JUSTIFIED, but. dash looked so pleased with the (cute!) poster he just painted, and danny comes thru the wall and spills paint on his nice letterman jacket. his anger is justified maybe 65% of the time so far...(not the way he handles it, but STILL.) at least lancer is stepping in!! and them making a silly little bet was...cute?? until dash pulled out his GROSS UNDERWEAR AND SAID DANNY WOULD HAVE TO EAT THEM???? WHAT THE FUCK MAN. TUCKER WAS SO RIGHT ITS FUCKING WEIRD TO CARRY THOSE AROUND EWWW. THIS KID IS UNWELL. lancer was right, his animatronic setup was SUPER IMPRESSIVE?? hes actually pretty creative. danny meanwhile is stealing the fright knight's design...I hope dash is taking art classes or smth with his sports
-fright knight is the most bestest ghost so far i LOVE THAT DESIGN. I am biased towards knights, and characters with swords, but he fucks so severely. and should sue danny for copyright infringement for stealing his design for his haunted house. if some 14 yr old broke into MY house and stole MY sword, id also be pissed. his evil winged unicorn rules too with its FANGS. and he just CAN SHOVE THE PORTAL OPEN WITH HIS HANDS??? is he the strongest ghost weve seen so far? idk but hes my fav. SOUL SHREDDER IS SUCH A COOL SWORD NAME TOO. ANY NAMED SWORD ALSO FUCKS. 'flaming bedsheets of DEATH' funny king. ALSO he was polite to dash and tucker when just asking for directions and telling tucker 'oh maybe, just a suggestion, maybe be nicer to me and be more respectful :)' I LOOOVE HIM.
-I noticed this in the Ember ep, but jazz has an electric guitar in her room!! talent musical queen!! its cool to see hobbies just in the bg.
-fright knight's murder castle reminds me of the booby trapped murder castle in zexal!! another supposedly 'for kids' show with murder/trap castles! we love that. if you are a dp fan reading this, give yugioh zexal a try. its also got 13-14 year old protags and involves (alien) ghosts. the cardgame is just a vessel for the plot, which is really good. (I just want more people to watch my fav yugioh, man)
-danny. with a SWORD.
-danny doesnt NEED TO WIN this contest, dash didnt STEAL HIS DESIGNS AND STEAL A SWORD. he also got excited to hear lancer got sent to a dimension with his worst fears too just so he could win the contest? DANNY WHAT IS WRONG WITH YOU!!! BRO MAYBE YOURE 14 AND HAVENT FULLY DEVOLPED YOUR WHOLE BRAIN YET, BUT...THATS FUCKED. this kid casually says the most deranged things, I do worry for my spooky son. once again, therapy needed. that judo toss was great tho. I wonder if he actually did pick up some martial arts stuff from his mom?
-danny can fly 112 mph!!! thats so fast! I love the lil montage of him and his friends testing his abilities and stuff, very cute and a good way to showcase what he can do by now and how much more proficient he's gotten from ep 1!!! I'm sure he's going to get more abilities :)
-im glad...maddie's at least TRYING this ep. I do feel for her because her husband is a man baby. but the fact it took 16 episodes to get a kinda semblance of any kind of real concern or attempts at bonding. hmm. jack's 'BACK OFF SHES A MINOR' @ the ghost trying to attack jazz. also was very funny. and him wanting to make an action figure of her? are the parents redeeming themselves to me? slightly. they gotta Work Harder
-THE GHOST. IS FLYING. THE PLANE.
-fenton machete. but she doesnt carry a PHONE??? ???
-I mean I expected vlad when you namedrop him earlier in the ep, and also the title card picture, and dalv corp being fucking vlad backwards. but seeing him just pull up on a golf cart made me bust out laughing. WITH the gift baskets prepared. why wouldnt you at least be suspicious. also, if he wants danny to be his lil sonboy, why is he so fucking malicious?? dude you are going about this in such a bad way. stop it. get some help.
-maddie not even hesitating to drag danny out. fucking good. danny is so right, go on the internet to date. get a cat. how do you spend...how many years?? has it been since college?? at least 20, right, since the parents/vlad are in their 40s? hung up on ONE girl. my god, man. incel drama queen. her kung fu IS impressive, but dude. 'we both know hes a creep' SO right. it sucks but they do need a phone and shit being in the middle of NOWHERE. also, just stealing his helicopter was great. <3
-'you must be exhausted carrying the weight of that mistake you made years ago' 'well we all make mistakes. maybe I'll make one now!' WHY DID THIS EXHCHANGE SEND ME. AND VLAD WITH THE BREATH SPRAY EWWW BITCH. 'OLD BAIT BREATH' SOO RIGHT. both danny and his mom playing him HAHAH hes so dumb. or rather, I think he thinks with his emotions too too much and is...actually pretty gullible? lmao he believed danny was ready to give in SO fast. (which is sad hes that hopeful, like you have SO MUCH MONEY YOU COULD EASILY GET ANOTHER GIRL WHO HAS A KID. AND WOULD WANT TO BE WITH YOU AND BE SUPPORTED. GET OVER THIS (1) WOMAN ALREADY IM GETTING SECONDHAND EMBARRASSMENT AAAAH)
-GHOST BEAR GHOST BEAR GHOST BEAR. it was also in the title card, but I still got very excited. we love bears here
-SAM'S BAT SWIMSUIT COVERUP!!! her outfits are simply iconic.
-'i'd tell you to go to the mens room, but I don't think you qualify' top paulina transphobic moments. :( and him wearing a tanktop to the swim park? hmmm! (actually I think she was overshadowed by then, so, KITTY top 10 transphobic moments??)
-kitty just piloting paulina around makes me feel SO bad tho, paulina's gonna wake up and be like 'wtf do you mean I was dating this rando' like youre leading danny on to make johnny jealous, and also just POSSESSING POOR PAULINA. dude take your relationship problems ELSEWHERE. last time we saw them, they seemed like such a cute couple!! wtf johnny!! I mean, she sucks for trying to make him jealous, he sucks for looking at other girls...maybe they need a break, but Not Like This. or, you know, just. better communication...
-and the A-listers having a full packet and a stamp system. who organizes this. kwan fucking owning being the new danny though, this is hysterical. THE TUCKER/KWAN FLOWER FIELD TWIRL. UNIRONICALLY ADORABLE. and him giving it his all for the poetry slam. bless his HEARTTTT.
-Star owns. actually, all of the extra characters are shining this ep and I love it.
-INVISO-BILL??? NOOOO THEY DID HIM SOO DIRTY. DANNY SWEETIE IM SO SORRY.
-johnny and danny bein friends and staging a fake fight (which danny takes too seriously, once again this child has aggression he NEEDS TO WORK OUT) I hope these three stay friends, I said it before but danny needs more friendly ghosts to hang with.
-at this point, Danny's ghost enemies are a lot like, I dunno, batman's rouge gallery is the first thing that comes to mind. they all have their own gimmick and unique designs, but most of them are easy to beat after learning the Moral Lesson. I still get excited when any of them show up again, though. 18 is another valerie episode!!!! :D skulker really said you two will get along if I have to handcuff you together <3 and the gym teacher really said, youre married now, have a flour baby! ngl, I'm not really watching this show for the shipping stuff (which I am very scared to look at the fandom for after I finish this watch through- I feel like there's probably discourse/arguing about ships...) but. I'm gonna put my opinion out there. valerie/danny > sam/danny. maybe I just really love the enemies to lovers trope. And the secret identity stuff adds Extra Flavor.
-SKULKER JUST HAVING THE BOX GHOST AND DANGLING HIM BY A STRING. HILARIOUS. and him watching them with binoculars and making his silly little commentary. AND MAKING THE SACK BABY CRY. LMAO. THIS DUDE IS A BABY KIDNAPPER. skulker is super fun
-danny, you just...collapsed the water tower. and then attacked the nasty burger machine...mascot thingy...out of anger..I KEEP SAYING HE'S GOT ANGER ISSUES BUT. HE REALLY NEEDS A LESSON IN MANAGING COLLATERAL DAMAGE!!! So does valerie!! They're both pretty focused on each other. I mean it's good of Danny to say he's trying to make sure PEOPLE don't get hurt, but... (I mean I guess it's not something 14 year olds WOULD worry about, but as an adult im like, who's going to fix that? how much money will that take??)
-TUCKER MAKING BANK. and sam and tucker being super emotionally attached to their flour baby and being pretty good parents. that's cute...also him just straight kissing her and being like. WAIT. O_O JDSKAFHD. his mom baking them into cookies was the funniest possible result. tbh I dont feel like this is on tucker, if anything the other kid's shouldve been more responsible! He was just taking an opportunity to get that $$ which I respect
-Danny being more understanding of Valerie's situation in the end (helping her at her job, too, and trying to keep that a secret for her!!!) And seeing them work together this ep, and also her letting phantom get her out of the ghost zone...was very sweet. LOVE that. more valerie eps pls
-me when I realize vlad's big stupid house exploded because of his own carelessness with changing the ghost portal ectofiltrator or whatever: *pointing and laughing*
-me when I realize it means he's gonna go make danny's life hell for it somehow: >:(
Tumblr media
-SCOOBY PARODY!!! I feel like there's gotta be some scooby doo/danny phantom crossover stuff, right? also, 'guys in white' men in black wishes
-'oh, that's right! dad married the love of your life! you're bitter and alone!' DANNNNNYY GET HIS ASS ONCE AGAIN WE ARE POINTING AND LAUGHING AT VLAD
-'jack, you captured the ghost boy!!' UMM. he did nothing <3 'we have a weapon's vault??' YOU HAVE A WEAPONS VAULT??? and jack didnt put a handle on the inside. of fucking course he didnt! why would you leave that to your son!! or expect him to clean YOUR LAB when its where you work with probably dangerous chemicals and weapons and hes 14!! give him normal chores, like, I dunno, vacuuming, laundry, dishes...CMON. I hate it here. But I'm glad Jack is more chill about danny while he's a ghost, and willing to work with him for this ep. AND. I DID ENJOY JACK PUNCHING VLAD IN THE FACE. AND GENERALLY JUST OWNING HIM. the ghost punchy fists are actually amazing. like yeah, just punch a ghost in the face. that rules.
Tumblr media
-ep 20 opens with the coolest fucking ghost lady design. her tattoos can come off and fight. MA'AM. I like ur nose ring and your cape maam hello 👉👈😳
-sam's grandma is hilarious and the most valid member of her family and I love her. thats my grandma now. and tucker covering for sam by dressing as her. thats true friendship <3 also skipping school to go to a goth circus. just bestie things! sam's parents are haters but for all the wrong reasons.
-'my family has controlled ghosts with this for generations!' WAIT. WAIT FREAKSHOW /ISNT/ A GHOST? I didn't expect that...he's just a fucked up guy controlling ghosts? anyway watching danny shoot at police cars and rob banks while mind controlled. its like, the most stereotypical 'bad' things lmao. (tbh an evil ghost circus troupe is a sick concept)
Tumblr media
this gives off big deviantart emo edit vibes
Tumblr media Tumblr media
(I'm going to assume evil circus reaper danny has a lot of fan content. people love an edgy au, except this one is canon (even tho its via mind control...having the protag go evil otherwise might be hard, I guess?) but au where he stays with the troupe...that has to exist, right?)
ANYWAY. excited to start s2!! lowkey surprised by how many notes some of these posts have gotten. I've gone back and tagged them all with 'dp thoughts' so they're easier to find on my blog! ^^ and I will probably possibly do (more) fanart on my art blog after I finish the watch of the whole show, so like. @sanchoyodraws follow my art blog :)
15 notes · View notes
vanillann · 4 years
Text
ew, it’s the government (spencer reid x acab!reader)
Tumblr media
welcome to my new spencer reid x reader series
warning: swearing, mentions of crime and sex, enemies to lovers
word count: 1.0k
ew, it’s the government masterlist
prologue
“I hate capitalism.”
Jerick pushed me over, falling beside me on my bed.
“Trust me, I’m with you all the way.”
I smiled and flipped from laying on my back, laying on my stomach as I played with the remote.
I could feel Jerick eyes watching me closely, the same way they have been since a few days ago.
“(Y/N),”Jerick pulled the remote from my hand, throwing on the other side of the room.
“Hey, maybe I wanted to watch tv.”
Jerick punched my shoulder, causing a shriek to fall gracefully from my lips.
“I know you're sad about Meg and Ms. Gilbert.”
Poor Meg, killed inside her own home after work by some stupid murder. After that Ms. Gilbert's lifeless body lay on the floor of her own classroom.
“I can’t believe they're dead.”
Jerick hands ran up and down the skin between my shoulder blades, the familiar comfort washed over me.
“Me either, there dead dead.”
“Dead dead.”
Jerick laid a cheek on my shoulder, the heat running through my shirt and giving me a nice sense of comfort.
“I hate to break this sweet moment, but they put Pride and Prejudice on Netflix and I’d really enjoy watching it right now.”
Jerick laughed and stood up from the bed, grabbing the tv remote he threw earlier and throwing himself back on the bed, giving me a small bounce.
I smiled and kissed his cheek, turning back to the tv and hitting the power button.
The first thing I see is the smiling face of my next door neighbor, Harry, the words “Third Dead” underneath it.
I felt the room around me vanish, the sight of my sweet neighbor who used to give my toilet paper because I needed to save up from the college textbook looking at me.
“Oh my-“
I felt my throat clench up, the third person I knew was dead, this didn’t happen in our small town of Virginia.
“Jerick, what the hell is going on.”
Jerick didn’t say a word, watching the tv as closely as I was, his thick lips hung open at the words of the blonde on the news.
“(Y/N), I’m starting to get scared.”
I nodded, feeling the air in my room become clouded, or was that just my brain?
Why does it seem like everyone around me is dying?
“I really hate this town now.”
Suddenly the bright tv screen in front of me was balck, the blonde woman long gone.
“What the hell Jerick!”
Jerick dropped the remote from his hand, looking me over with bewildered eyes.
“You don’t think it has something to do with- you know?”
“No way, don’t make me think about that.”
I pushed the years worth of memories to the side, praying to any fucking god or anything that this wasn’t it.
“I have to pick up my testosterone prescription, wanna get out of the house?”
I looked over at him, watching the way he tried to relax back into my bed.
“We just found out someone else was murder and you ask me do I wanna leave the house?”
“Yes (Y/N) because you could rule over a country full of over thinkers so I’m trying to help.”
I titled my head, giving him a deadpan look.
“Jackass.”
“Whore.”
Our eyes burned into one another, the atmosphere of the room changed quickly.
Suddenly Jerick started smiling, trying to hold it back but he couldn’t. His little smile caused mine to break across my face, the laugh falling past my lips shortly after.
“Get up Cop Whore.”
“Oh I’m going to kill you for that one.”
*
I stepped out of Jerick's car, the first thing I saw was the cop car parked directly beside us.
“We should buy spray paint, you know have a little fun.”
Jerick grabbed my elbow, his mumbling about “maybe another time” caused me to laugh as he pulled me into the small pharmacy.
Jillian stood beside the counter, chewing on the small stupid pick bubble gum as before.
“Jill, I need my prescription.”
She looked between the two of us, giving a wicked smile and turning to go into the back.
“I don’t like her, she thinks the government is actually helpful.”
I pushed the fake laugh from the back of my throat, rolling my eyes as I watched the small tv in the back.
Jerick laughed, pushing my side with his shoulder.
The blonde woman from before no longer sat on the news, an old man with white hair now held papers in his hand and all the victims pictures sat on the small screen.
“Meg Hostlier, Arizona Gilbert, and Harry Johnson have all been murdered over the past three days, officials say the FBI will be arriving soon to investigate.”
“Thank god, this town could use the help,” Jillian turned the corner with the prescription held in her hand.
“Exactly why we don’t need the FBI charging in and making matters worse.”
Jillian just rolled her eyes and looked at the credit card from Jerick’s hand, quickly swiping it and waving us out.
I grabbed Jerick's arm and pulled him back into the parking lot, the annoyance of this town bubbling against my skin.
“I fucking hate the government, why do they think they have the right to march in here and handle this?”
Jerick hopped into the driver seat, throwing the testosterone into the backseat.
“Well legally they do.”
“I hate laws, and cops-“
I placed a hand on my chin, looking up at the roof of the car.
“-and patriarchy and misogyny and-“
“We know, you hate everything wrong in the world.”
Jerick looked at me and smiled, placing a hand on mine.
I watched his eyes roam my face, a sad little smile playing at his face.
“I hate how people treat you, you’re more of a man than anyone in this town.”
Jerick smiled and nodded his head, a little smirk across his face.
“Hell yeah I am, Cop Whore.”
“I’m not a Cop Whore!”
Jerick just looked over at me and laughed, putting the car in reverse.
“Hey the FBI is coming into town, maybe you’ll find a government worker.”
“Ew, no way. All FBI agent’s are old, smelly, and ugly.”
chapter 1
cm tag list:
@itsarayofsunshine

258 notes · View notes
radiantroope · 4 years
Text
Lonely Heart || Rafe Cameron
Chapter Four - Tainted Love
chapter summary: Janelle comes over to talk and starts to show her true colors. You and John B. go surfing where he gets you to open up to him about your mom. An unlikely friend saves you from falling into what seems like a trap.
warnings: angst, swearing, mentions of familial death, a beer is mentioned
word count: 4.3k+
author’s note: yeah uhhh don’t hate me for this lol. i wanna fight her too. as always, please leave me some feedback and let me know if you’re enjoying this series <3
read chapter three here!
Tumblr media
series playlist | series masterlist | main masterlist
You didn’t leave the house much. You didn’t want to risk running into Rafe or Janelle anywhere. Topper had dropped by a couple of times just to check on you and see how your mother was doing. Sarah was over the most, refusing to let you waste away in your room by yourself. She was going back to school at Chapel Hill, splitting her time between the mainland and the island. You’d tried to insist she didn’t have to come over every other day, but she wasn’t taking no for an answer. ‘You’re my best friend. You can try and shut everyone else out, but not me.’ she’d said.
Your mother had an appointment that day to have a brain MRI. They wanted to check the tumor and make sure the chemotherapy was helping slow the growth or at least keep the tumor at bay for the time being. Her form of cancer was aggressive and there was a chance the chemo would only work for so long. Eventually the tumor would stop reacting to it and continue growing rapidly. Your parents told you the visit was boring and you’d be in the waiting room the whole time so they made you stay home.
You stared at the fresh cup of tea in front of you, robotically dipping the tea bag in and out of the scalding water. Your mind was consumed with thoughts of Rafe, as much as you tried not to think about him. You couldn’t comprehend why he’d ghosted you and started dating your best friend. Was he ashamed of loving her and feared you’d think you were replaced? Truthfully, it is how you felt. He pushed you out and made more room for Janelle in his life, letting her fill a place you thought would always be yours.
Your whole perspective on your life was forced to change. The dreams and goals you’d had when you were younger, picturing Rafe by your side, you’d instead achieved and chased by yourself. You went to college parties and drowned yourself in booze to ignore how wrong it felt being there. You had mindlessly hooked up with fraternity douchebags, hoping it would fill the void in your chest. It never did. You had tried to go on dates with guys who were so sweet and nothing short of gentlemen, but none of them managed to wow you. They weren’t rough around the edges with just enough attitude to keep you in check. They were soft, men you could walk all over and they’d let you. They weren’t Rafe. You hated yourself for comparing them all to him, but he was all you’d ever known. He was all you ever wanted.
Guilt started eating away at you for focusing so much on the boy who unknowingly broke your heart. Your mother was dying for God’s sake. You should be putting all of your attention on her and making sure she was happy in what was going to be the last year of her life. You were upset with yourself for being so angry with her for not telling you about the engagement. It wasn’t their fault your closest friends were a couple of backstabbers.
The shrill ring of the doorbell ripped you from your thoughts. You abandoned the now cold cup of tea at the coffee table, sock clad feet sliding across the hardwood as you moved through the house. You glanced down at the oversized shirt you were wearing, biker shorts poking out underneath. You had a feeling your unruly hair was sticking out in all directions from the bun it was in but couldn’t find it in yourself to care.
The moment you ripped the front door open, you tried to slam it right back closed. Bile rose in your throat as you pushed against their body, growling, “Get the fuck off my porch.”
“I’m here to talk, Y/N, please!” Janelle protested, trying to look at you through the crack in the white painted door without having it crushed. “Just give me ten minutes.”
You hesitated, pausing against the door. Words couldn’t describe how hurt you were that she’d kept this from you for years. She had been one of your best friends. She knew things about you that your own parents didn’t know — that Rafe himself didn’t know. Could it hurt to at least try and hear her out?
You finally pulled the door open, avoiding her striking green eyes and waving your arm out to let her in. You shut the door loudly behind her and moved to the couch. “Ten minutes,” you stated, sitting at one end while she took a spot on the other.
“How’s your mom?” she started, giving you a sad smile.
You shrugged once, responding monotonously with, “Fine.”
“Y/N, I’m sorry,” Janelle said softly, seemingly sincere as she stared at her lap. You kept quiet and didn’t show any change in emotion on your face, so she continued, “I should have told you. The second things changed with Rafe and I, I should have come to you about it.”
You closed your eyes for a moment and breathed in deeply as to collect your thoughts. There were a million things you could say to her right now, most more unpleasant than others. You sighed, “You knew how much I loved him, Janelle. You were the only person I told. Do you understand how much of a slap to the face this is?”
“I know. I broke, like, the first rule in girl code. I suck,” she replied, shaking her head a bit. She had been avoiding your eyes but looked back over, “We didn’t expect it, you know. It just kind of… happened. Things were really rough for both of us for a while and I guess it made us closer. We were able to connect on a deeper level.”
You stared at her, unable to read the expression on her face. You couldn’t pinpoint one sort of emotion swimming in her eyes. A weight settled on your shoulders, something within you feeling unnerved.
“Do you love him?”
There it was, a smile. The first real emotion the dark haired girl had shown you since she stepped foot in the house. Did she even care about you at all? Did she care that this was ripping you apart inside? “Of course I do. I wouldn’t have said yes to marrying him if I didn’t,” her response lit a fire within your chest, spreading through every nerve ending in your body.
“Then why did you never seem interested in him before?” you questioned, watching the creases form between her eyebrows. “You chased after Kelce for two years without giving up. You never once gave any indication that you were remotely interested in Rafe until I left, apparently.”
You were simmering in pent up anger and betrayal, jealousy sitting just below the surface. Though, you kept yourself calm, refusing to let those emotions through. You knew Janelle like the back of your hand and you knew there was more to this. You wanted to push her until she said exactly what she was thinking. The slow contort of her face into an angry scowl proved to you that it was working.
“You don’t just wake up one day and decide, hm, I’m in love with this person now, Janelle. How do you even know if what you have is real?”
“Well maybe if you weren’t so conceited and wrapped up in yourself you would have noticed,” Janelle spit, the olive toned tan to her face turning a light shade of pink. “Everyday I had to listen to you bitch and moan about how he’d never love you back. All you did was cry because you were too scared to tell him how you felt. I always loved him but you always made everything about you.”
You blood boiled under your skin. Your face became hot and you clenched your hands in your lap to keep them from shaking. Your bottom lip was sure to start bleeding soon with how tightly you bit it between your teeth.
“You weren’t there for the fights with Ward, when he called him names and made him feel less than. You weren’t there for the nights he got black out drunk because he wanted to forget. You weren’t there for the fucking cocain addiction that almost ruined his whole life,” Janelle seethed, leaning closer to you with every word she spoke.
Your jaw clenched painfully as you grit out, “How was I supposed to be there when he’s the one who cut me out of his life?”
“He cut you out of his life to send you a message, Y/N!” Janelle shouted through a laugh, a condescending smile settling on her lips. “He was so happy when you moved to California because he was finally free! He wasn’t being suffocated by you anymore!”
“That’s not true,” you whispered, shaking your head quickly. Your mind flashed back to your going away party. The soft voices and gentle touches. The way he looked at you like you were the only person he had eyes for — at least that’s what you thought.
“It is, and the sooner you accept that, the better. Rafe doesn’t love you,” the raven haired girl stated. Your glossy eyes flickered to hers. The bright green in them was gone and replaced with a cold, mossy color. “He never loved you. He never will love you the way you’re so desperate for him to. You moving was the best thing that ever happened to him — to us.”
You stayed seated on the couch as she got up and slung her entirely too large of a purse over her shoulder. Your eyes were full to brim with tears that you refused to let fall in front of her. You wouldn’t let her see how much this was ruining you. This wasn’t the girl you’d met back when you were ten years old, it was a completely different person. Or maybe she had been this person the whole time, and you had just been a pawn in some sick game. Only did you look at her when she opened the front door.
“And Y/N,” the sweet tone replaced the venomous one she used only moments ago. “Stay away from him. I don’t need you messing with his head before the wedding.”
The door slammed and you sat there, allowing the tears to flow down your flushed cheeks. You didn’t sob, you didn’t scream and throw things around like most would have thought. It was just a silent flow of saltiness that felt never ending. A numbing feeling came over you as you let Janelle’s words absorb into your head. Had you really been so blind by your own love for Rafe you never saw hers? Had you been so stupid to think the Kook Prince would fall for someone as ordinary as you?
You don’t know if it was only minutes or maybe hours that you sat on the couch, blankly staring at the wall. Eventually, you finally pulled yourself up and located your phone. There was one thing you knew would help you escape the depression spiral you were heading down. And there was one person you could call who would be willing to do it with you — despite hardly knowing you at all.
“Hello?” John B. sounded utterly confused as to why you were calling him.
“H-Hey, I uh, I know this is weird,” your voice was dry and you cleared your throat, “Do you, i dunno, maybe wanna go surfing with me?”
You sat on top of your board out where the water was calmer, watching John B. pull off an intricate trick with his own surfboard. You hummed in thought, wishing you could pull off some of the moves he did. You tended to just catch the biggest wave you could and ride it out for as long as possible. You’d picked up some things over the years, but just riding out a long wave was your favorite feeling. You loved the rush, like you were flying.
“You’re really good,” you complimented the brunette as he made his way back out to you.
“Thanks,” John B. chuckled, moving to straddle his board just as you were, “You’re pretty good at riding out the big ones. I bet I could get JJ to teach you some things. He’s better than I am.”
You laughed softly and shook your head, brushing your wet hair behind your back, “JJ would rather scrub Heyward’s boat to the bone than hang out with me.”
“He’s not that bad,” the Routledge boy tried to defend his friend. “Well, not anymore. He’s more… tolerant.”
You hummed in response, staring out into the open water where the edges curved at the horizon. The sun was beginning to go down, casting an orange glow over everything around you. John B. watched you, seeing the gears turning in your head. He’d barely seen you smile all day and from what Sarah had told him, surfing always made you happiest.
“You wanna talk about it?”
You turned to look at him, his soft hazel eyes saying It’s okay, you can trust me. You sighed heavily and averted your gaze to the purple and white board below you. You could feel that you wanted to cry again but your eyes remained dry, like you had nothing left in you. The hollow feeling in your chest felt like it was going to swallow you whole.
“You sure you want my demons weighing on your conscience?” you asked playfully, the corners of your mouth upturning slightly.
John B. smiled softly, shrugging a bit, “We all have our demons, Y/N. Some worse than others.”
You nodded and eyed him for a moment longer before asking, “What was it like.. to lose your dad?”
The curly haired boy sucked in a breath. It had been four years but it never got easier. His dad was all he had and then he was alone, still a child having to grow up entirely too fast. He let out a soft breath, “It was hard. I didn’t know what happened to him for nine months, and then to find out he was dead? It was like a part of me died with him.”
You nodded, silently listening along as he opened up to you.
“It was painful and ugly. I lashed out at my friends… It’s still painful sometimes. I try to think about the good things though. The fishing trips on his boat, going to work with him.. His horrendous endeavour to find The Royal Merchant,” he paused to laugh at the memory, and you did too. You’d heard enough stories about him and his friends searching for the lost gold as well. “I know he’s still with me. He watches over me. Your mom will too.”
You nodded again, bottom lip quivering slightly. Your voice was strained as you spoke, “It fucking sucks seeing her like this. Everyday I feel like I can tell she’s getting worse.”
“I regret not being around more the last couple of years. If I had known this was going to happen I would have done so many things differently.”
John B. waded his board closer to you, resting his hand on yours that was gripping your knee. His eyes were remorseful, lips turned down in a frown. His father’s death was sudden and unexpected. He understood your pain but he also had no idea how to handle knowing the inevitable was coming. He couldn’t imagine watching someone you love slowly slip away.
“Don’t think about that. Don’t beat yourself up for what you didn’t do or wish you did. Spend this time reminding your mom how much you love her and helping make these last moments she has some of the best. Make more memories with her that you’ll look back on and smile at,” he told you, squeezing your fingers softly.
You met John B.’s eyes again and nodded, giving him a soft smile. It was nice to talk to someone who didn’t exactly know you on that personal level but could also relate to you. He had experienced a loss like you were about to and it was refreshing to hear how he coped with it and get some advice. You wondered exactly how much Sarah had told him but it was nice that he was judging you. Maybe years ago, he would have thrown it back in your face, called you a snob and any other insult he could think of. Maybe it was dating Kook that changed his outlook, or he’d grown up and matured and realized the stupid rivalry wasn’t worth being a complete dick all the time.
John B. drifted away from you again when he saw you seemed more relaxed, he looked out where the sun was starting to dip below the horizon. He offered, “Why don’t you come back to the Chateau with me? Sarah’s coming over and I know she’s dying to get you to hang with us.”
You contemplated for a moment, unsure how inviting the other Pogues would be to another Kook in their company. But for once, getting out and being around other people sounded a lot better than going home and burying yourself in Ben and Jerry’s while binge watching a show you’d already seen. So you nodded and smiled, “Yeah, that sounds nice.”
Rafe didn’t listen to Topper’s advice of leaving you alone. He couldn’t pretend like seeing after all of these years wasn’t a sucker punch to the gut. He kept replaying everything over the course of five years in his head. He couldn’t stop thinking about what he could’ve done differently. The different outcomes of his actions replayed in his head like a broken record. What could have happened if he hadn’t cut you out of his life? Would you have ended up together in the end, despite the distance? Should he have told you how he felt that day, when it felt like your gentle touch was the only thing holding him together?
He traveled out onto the South side and watched from his truck as you and John B. left the beach. He thought about getting out and speaking to you there but instead he watched from the shadows as you strapped your surfboard to the top of your mother’s car and drove away behind the Volkswagen.
Against his better judgement, Rafe followed you. He stayed far enough behind that you wouldn’t recognize his truck. He knew his way to the Routledge boy’s house anyway. Many a night’s he had gone there when he was younger and looking for trouble, or when he got older, to pick up his sister when she didn’t have a ride. He knew that’s where you were heading. He would pretend it didn’t bother him slightly that you were hanging out with the Pogues. He’d grown more accustomed to seeing them around but the roots of the rivalry were still deeply embedded within him. He still thought they were at the bottom of the food chain.
You didn’t think much of the headlights that pulled up behind your car, thinking Sarah had just arrived. You dug around in the backseat, trying to gather the things that had spilled from your bag. The headlights shut off and it was quiet for a moment. You heard John B. curse softly and your heart nearly stopped when you heard the voice.
“Sup, John B.?” Rafe’s gruff voice filled the air, nodding his head at his sister’s boyfriend.
“Rafe,” the Routledge boy greeted back, an edge to his tone.
You slowly removed yourself from the car, turning to face the last person you wanted to see, next to Janelle. You hated the way your heart skipped a beat when his azure irises met yours. He swallowed thickly, waiting for you to make the first move, which you did.
“What are you doing here?”
“I- I uh,” Rafe’s hand came up to rub the back of his neck, eyes leaving yours to stare at the ground. “I don’t know. I wanted to see you.”
You scoffed and shook your head, reaching back into the car to get your bag. He hesitantly moved closer and continued, “I’m worried about you, Y/N. I know things are weird right now and I’m sorry about your mom but I-”
“Don’t,” you snapped, standing upright and slamming the car door, “Don’t pretend like you fucking care.”
“I do care. I just want to talk.”
“You had five years to talk, Rafe!” you shouted, voice shaking as you did so. You bit the inside of your lip and begged your body not to betray you. You didn’t need him seeing you cry. “I waited and waited for you to talk to me. I asked myself ‘why’ for years! You’ve moved on with your life, that’s fine, I can accept that. But don’t expect me to be a part of it anymore. Just go back to pretending I don’t exist.”
Even from a distance Rafe could see the glaze to your eyes. He could see your body shaking as you tried to keep yourself composed. It looked like you were about to fall apart in front of him and it made his chest ache. You always were the one to pretend to be strong for as long as you could until it crushed you. He shook his head and tried again, “Y/N, please, you don’t understa-”
“Yo, Rafe! Didn’t know you were stopping by!” you turned to see JJ Maybank bouncing down the porch steps, an arrogant smirk painted on his chapped lips. His unruly hair stuck out from the edges of his backwards baseball cap. He was shirtless, flaunting his physique in only a pair of grey cargo shorts. He’d heard you yelling and figured he may as well come investigate.
“Maybank,” Rafe greeted the Pogue stiffly, a lot more tense than he’d been around John B.
The younger blonde boy threw his arm around your shoulders as he came to your side, catching you by surprise. You glanced up at him, but his eyes never left Rafe, his smirk widening. You didn’t see the look of anger that flashed across your former best friend’s face, a fire igniting in his eyes — JJ caught it though, and he was going to run with it.
“I heard about the engagement, man, congrats!” JJ spoke enthusiastically and you had to resist rolling your eyes. You suddenly had the urge to throw up like on the Druthers, but you swallowed the feeling down. Your eyes met Rafe’s again as JJ kept going, “Don’t you have, like, a cake tasting to get to or something?”
Rafe’s hands curled into fists, knuckles cracking as he squeezed. If anyone knew how to get under his skin in just the right way, it was the Maybank boy. He breathed out slowly through his nose, choosing to ignore the comments from the Pogue. He pleaded with you, “Can we just talk, real quick? Please?”
“Oh, I’m sorry, bro. Y/N’s really busy right now,” JJ answered for you, tilting his head to look down at you, “Aren’t you, bubs?”
You stared up into the tan blonde’s indigo eyes that were screaming at you not to go to him. You knew he was trying to help you, but you weren’t friends. You didn’t understand why he came to your defense so quick. He could have just let you stand out there and allow Rafe to rope you back in like you knew he could.
“She can speak for herself,” Rafe snapped at JJ who looked back at him with a raised eyebrow. You hadn’t moved out from under his arm so clearly you had no interest in going to the Kook.
“Go home, Rafe,” you said, turning with JJ to walk up to the Chateau. “Wouldn’t want to suffocate you anymore,” you took a dig, repeating what Janelle had said to you earlier in the day.
Rafe stood there, watching as you walked to the porch, wrapped in someone else’s arms — someone he despised. His heart pounded harder in his chest the further you got away from him, like you were taking it with you. He silently got back in his truck and backed out, tires squealing as he peeled off down the road. He gripped the steering wheel with white knuckles, breathing raggedly. Wouldn’t want to suffocate you anymore. Those words bothered him, knowing he’d heard something like that before but he couldn’t recall when, where or more importantly, who.
“Well that couldn’t have been anymore awkward,” John B. stated as he led you into the house.
You’d expected JJ to drop his arm the second Rafe was gone, but he didn’t, guiding you into the kitchen for you to put down your bag. You sighed heavily and rubbed your face with the hand not pinned to your side, “I’m sorry about that. And thank you, JJ, you didn’t have to do all that.”
The boy hummed and waved his hand, finally stepping away from you and moving to the fridge, “The guy’s an asshole and needs to learn he can’t always get what he wants. Especially after what happened on daddy dearest’s boat.”
You felt your face flush, looking over at John B. who held his hands up as if he was surrendering, “I didn’t say anything, swear.”
“Word travels fast ‘round these parts,” JJ clarified, walking back over and handing you a beer. He sat down in one of the chairs at the kitchen table, patting the one beside him for you. “C’mon, tell your good pal JJ what the Prince fucked up this time.”
tag list (if you want to be added, shoot me an ask or a message!): @pink-meringues​ @k-k0129​ @solllaris​ @taiter-tots​ @kindahavefeelingskindaheartless​ @fttayla​ @ilovejjmaybank​ @jjmaybcnks​ @sortagaysortahigh​ @queenk00k​ @drewswannabegirl​ @diverdcwn​ @royalmerchant​ @girlsru1eboysdroo1​ @obxmermaid​ @anxietyspacetart-15​ @butgilinsky​ @teenwaywardasgardian​ @bricksatanakinswindow​ @fangirlvoice​ @juliarose21​ @skiesofthesketchy​ @daughterofaphrodite​ @dontjinx-it​ @outerbanksbro​ @sportygal55​ @nqbmf​ @xenagzb​ @sweetlysilent​ @loverofmineluke​ @aaleksmorozova​ @meltame17​ @summerkaulitz​ @stupidpendeja​ @rafej-cambanks​ @popcrone818​ @slutforjjmaybank​ @madschalamet​ if you’d like to be removed, please let me know!
148 notes · View notes
uhhhhsmut · 3 years
Text
Roommates with bakugo (pt.1)
Tumblr media
you grabbed a hair tie brushing your thick curly hair out until it had become a very long fro that covered your face. you had dyed your hair a ginger color. taking care of it had been even more harder. cause bleaching it caused damage so now you had to get it right. you ran some moisturizer through your hair and picked it out a little. you looked in the mirror admiring your features.
you had dark honey skin with moles and freckles that had been spotted around your face. not a lot but it was to the point where people remember your face from having a mole on your lip. you rubbed cocoa butter on your skin, getting ready to go meet the person you’d be sharing your apartment with. you had switched college’s because you were tired of your other one. it was very weird and they didn’t even have a workout room so switching to UA where all sports happened was everything to you.
people would say you had a hour glass frame. you hated it though. your breast were not small but they weren’t big big but they were kinda normal big like double d’s, you did get a few stares when wearing tank tops. they kinda got in the way of everything. you loved your stomach because you had been wanting abs since you were little. now you have a small waist with abs.
you liked to work out on your stomach area a lot. your thighs and hips were very thick. you hated it because no matter how are you tried, your butt wouldn’t get smaller. it’s like everything you eat goes into your thighs.
you put on a black jacket along with a pair of tan leggings with some nike slides.
you grabbed your suitcase heading to your new apartment.
...
once you made it there, you parked in front of the apartment building. it was very modern. a boy by the name of katsuki bakugo was taking a roommate . he seemed ok. he stated in the description that he was very competitive and liked sports so that was cool. when you read that you were already hooked.
you grabbed your suitcase from your trunk then grabbed a box, taking it to the apartment. you went into the building. a man at the desk asked what you were here for and you told him about the switching of schools and how you chose apartment sharing instead of a dorm.
he looked up my name and a smile came upon his face and he handed me a key to the apartment, the atmosphere smelled fresh and very cozy. the hallways were very quiet though. you pressed the up button on the elevator.
a red haired boy stood in the elevator as the doors opened, he had on a red shirt and black sweatpants. he made eye contact with you and gave you a cheeky smile before heading out.
“you need help?” he asked as you stepped in and you gave him a small smile shaking your head.
“i’m fine, i should be able to handle it.” you replied and he nodded his head walking off.
he seems cool you guessed. you pressed the button to go to the highest floor cause that’s where you’d be staying. once the doors opened you went in and the first floor probably was your favorite. the view was amazing and it had a small common area right next to the window that showed the view.
you went down a hall searching for apartment 300 and found it to be the one secluded far the far end away from everyone else’s.
you shrugged your shoulders, using the key you had been given you opened the door to see a blonde haired boy yelling at someone on the phone. he was very loud and once he noticed you, his jaw clenched.
he hung up the phone, placing it in his pocket. he kept his eyes fixated on you scanning your body. he relaxed. he had on a black t-shirt with a pair of black sweatpants and white socks.
“your room is the first one to the right.” he said to you with a small hint of annoyance in his voice.
you nodded your head, with a raised eyebrow at how odd this situation was. he seemed to be your typical hot head. you went into the room and it was big for a room that was in an apartment. the window you had was one in a small corner and you figured you’d put your bed by it.
you sat all your things down. you had to go back down to get the rest of your boxes. you heard your door open behind you and katsuki was standing there.
he stood at your door. you looked at him, “there are rules that i have that i need you to follow.” he told you and you stood there confused.
“go on.” you said softly.
“no loud music. no shoes on in the house. no parties. no going into my room unless i’m in there. you clean, i do the grocery shopping and cooking. and last...” he said walking up to you as he looked down at you.
“do not bother with talking to me unless it’s important or is about what i previously stated.” he continued. you didn’t have a problem with what he said. his rules were fair and you could tell he was very keen about his way of living. the last part was a little weird.
you nodded your head, taking off your jacket and he watched. his eyes scanned your body and his body tensed up before he left out leaving you wondering what his problem was.
you shrugged your shoulders going back outside to get the rest of the boxes.
...
after setting up your air mattress and placing all your clothes in your closet, you you took a nap and now the time was late.
you went to the refrigerator to see a note on top of the refrigerator.
“i have somewhere to be every night at 10, there’s some nachos i made earlier while you were asleep in the refrigerator. i don’t know when i’ll be back and if i did i still wouldn’t tell you.”
you rolled your eyes at the last part and opened the refrigerator, grabbing the nachos out and a bag of Doritos from the cabinet.
you could tell that living with him would be very complicated but you didn’t care, you come from a complicated household so you were used to stuff being “not normal”.
34 notes · View notes
asteriismos · 4 years
Text
gold dust woman - richie tozier
warning(s) : smut, eighteen! losers, loss of virginity, masterbation, probably more
words : 3.3k
summary : innocent reader asks richie tozier for help
your mother always told you that a good woman was a traditional woman. 
a woman who crosses her legs when sitting, doesn't swear, says ‘please’ and ‘thank you’. your mom was a housewife, no job only to take care of the kids and the house. and her mother before that was the same, but the times were changing, it was easy to see that. girls went to school just as long as guys did and they were allowed to participate in sports. they would go to college and learn and support themselves if that’s what they wanted. no matter how many times you tried to tell your mom this, she would dismiss you and tell you that it was her house, her rules.
you had lived in derry your entire life, making friends with the stanley uris in your ‘accelerated’ math class in sixth grade. stanley introduced you to bill and eddie, who introduced you to richie tozier. 
you were always fascinated by richie tozier. he wasn’t afraid of saying the wrong thing and if he did, he didn’t care. he was a loudmouth and swore whenever he wanted to. you knew that it was wrong for you to want to do those things, because that’s what your mother always said. she didn’t like that you hung out with mainly boys because she said that always led to trouble, she said that they would take advantage of you. but the losers were just your friends, they made you laugh and smile. 
that was your first act of rebellion against your mother. even just at eleven years old.
as you grew older, you stayed by your friends side. you sympathized with eddie because both of you had overbearing mothers, who surprisingly became friends after meeting in the supermarket one day. freshman year rolled along and you were exposed to the wonders of teenage life. you could remember the first time that richie brought weed to one of the losers hangouts and you were the only one who didn’t try it. because you were just like that. no one pressured you, but richie did his fair share of teasing. you didn’t drink either, even if it was just a glass of wine that beverly would have when you came over to her house when her dad wasn’t there. 
you were convinced that if you tried those things once, your mother would know. she would find out and then you would be locked in your house until you were twenty five. 
it wasn’t until junior year of high school that you rebelled against your mother again, which was having a crush on a boy that she didn’t approve of. she was always trying to get you to go on dates with boys from the catholic school in bangor that she sometimes volunteered at. you didn’t like any of them. you liked the one boy that she despised : richie. your mother hated him, he was everything that she disliked in a boy and that made him that much more hotter to you. 
richie knew that you liked him. it really wasn’t that hard to tell. the way that you would giggle after he made a joke, or how your eyes would always meet his first if the group went swimming. he wanted you, he wanted you a whole lot but as far as he knew, he couldn’t have you. because he didn’t want to ruin your innocence. richie loved you for who you were, and he didn’t want to be the catalyst for the impending rebellion you would have for rebelling against your mother. 
you were like a delicate flower, and richie knew that if he had you in the palm of his hands for even a second, you would be crushed. 
that didn’t mean that he couldn’t fantasize though. there have been multiple times where he would look at your legs that you showed while wearing a skirt and he would think about running his hands along them, hearing those breathless moans coming from your lips. 
you didn't know how to flirt properly, it always ended with red cheeks and embarrassed smiles cast his way. you felt a little helpless, not knowing how to get rid of the ache you had for richie. you confided in stanley about it and he told you that richie was interested in you and just that made you feel bashful. you didn’t know what to do to get him, it was all confusing. 
then you devised a plan with beverly to finally get him. it was naughty and felt so wrong, but beverly understood. she had seen the unrequited feelings from both of you for too long. she was the one who took you to the doctor to get birth control pills when your period cramps were too hard to control and your mother said you just had to deal with it. she was the one who basically told you what sex was. 
since you got older, your mother has gotten used to letting you stay home alone. and you knew from endless amounts of snooping that she was seeing some other man, which made sense considering she had been alone for so long since your dad died when you were little. she left you home alone for nights, always friday nights and she would come back saturday night.
you had invited richie over earlier that day at school. you were so nervous for this encounter that you couldn’t think about anything else. all you did was pace back and forth up and down the stairs of your house and in and out every single room. you did this for at least a half and hour before the doorbell rang and you felt your stomach drop. 
putting a smile on your face, you opened the door to be met with richie. he was wearing one of his old band tees and black jeans, hands fiddling anxiously with the hem of his shirt. “hey, rich,” you greeted, motioning for him to come into the house. you felt him take a look in and search around. “don’t worry. my moms gone for the night.” you laughed, thinking back to the last time her and richie encountered each other. it was a lot of yelling from your mothers end and a lot of ‘what the hell did I do’s’ from richie. 
only your mother could get mad at a boy just breathing in your direction. 
“good, I really wasn’t planning on dying today,” richie replied, taking a breath of relief and walking into your house. he took off his shoes and gave you a look, wondering why he was here with you alone. this has never happened before and it seemed so unlike you. his heart was practically beating out of his chest. 
you looked at him. “well, don’t look too nervous. Jesus richie, you look like you’ve seen a ghost or something. come on, let’s go up to my room,” you said, leading him all the way up to your room. richie walked into your room first, back turned away from you. 
your room was a mixture of pink and purple hues, it was probably the most innocent looking rooms that he has ever been in. it was so clean and it smelled like a mixture of lavender and vanilla, the smell that you always smelled like no matter the day. it was intoxicating, richie felt like he was on an endless high just from your presence. if only you knew the effect you had on him. 
richie was still turned away from you, hearing the door close didn’t really mind to him. it was when he was admiring the bookshelf you had in the corner of the room when he heard the noise of something dropping to the floor that caught his attention. he turned around to be met with you shirtless, the only thing separating his eyes from your full chest was your pink frilly bra ( that you borrowed from bev, but he didn’t have to know that ). richie’s eyes widened and his first instinct was to look away because well . . . you’re y/n. he’s seen a multitude of girls naked but he didn’t feel the same way that he felt about them that he did with you. 
you were the epitome of innocence and here you were, standing in just a bra and those short black shorts that you only wore to go swimming in the quarry. 
“y/n. . .” richie said, trailing off with his words when you took a step towards you. your skin looked so vibrant and soft and all richie wanted to do was touch you. “what-what are you doing?” 
you bit your lip, pushing those black shorts down your legs and stepping out of them. you were wearing your own pink undies, lace on the top of them with a little bow in the center right under your exposed stomach. you felt the cold air of your house on your skin and that only edged you on more, keeping your soft eyes on richie. “I don’t know what I'm doing. and college is going to be soon and I don’t want to be inexperienced,” you started. it was the only excuse that you could think of in the moment. “so I was wondering if you would teach me.”
richie’s brain felt like it was malfunctioning. his eyes raked over your body, taking in every curve of it and cataloging it for later. you were so beautiful, richie knew that he was absolutely fucked. 
the need was growing too large for him to handle. 
I was wondering if you could teach me. you could teach me. teach me. 
teach me. 
“are you sure?” richie asked you, walking forward until he was only an inch away from you. his hand reached up and pushed your hair behind your ear, making you shiver at the feeling. his fingers came to your shoulder, fiddling with your bra strap. his touches were so light but you felt like you were on fire. 
you nodded, standing on your tippy toes and kissing him. you held him by the back of his neck and leaned your body all the way into his. he tasted like cigarettes and cherries from his lunch earlier, it was intoxicating and you knew you could spend a lifetime just kissing him. but the desire burning in the pit of your stomach wasn’t going to hold back much longer. you didn’t know what you were doing or if you were even doing it correctly. 
richie pulled away from you, deciding that you kissing him was his open invitation to ravish you. his hands were strong as they reached for your exposed sides and pushed you towards the bed, going to the small of your back to help you down onto the soft pink fabric. he stayed at the edge, looking at your body and then saying, “do you touch yourself?”
your cheeks burned red for the first time since richie had been in your room. he was asking such a personal question to you and you knew that he wouldn’t let you brush off the question. you were embarrassed to tell him that you did in fact touch yourself and when you were really getting into it, you imagined that it was his fingers instead of your own. it was always late at night because your mother would kill you if she saw you or heard your soft moans that you did into a pillow stuffed in your face. 
“yes.”
it was a soft yes and richie wasn’t even sure if you really said anything or it was just his imagination taking over. the mere thought of you sitting in this pink bed with those frilly underpants getting off with just your hand was making him go crazy. richie gave you a cocky grin, “show me then.”
you were confused at what he was asking, until it dawned on you that he wanted to watch you touch yourself in front of him. if you weren’t blushing all the way before, you surely were now. his eyes never left you, he didn’t laugh after saying it. he was serious. there was lust in his eyes. 
in a surge of confidence, you leaned yourself against your headboard and slowly spread your legs, exposing yourself to him. you saw him breath in and out, eyes trailing down to your heat. your hands came up to your breasts, giving them a squeeze and whining out. you let one stay there while the other trailed down your stomach, fingertips just dancing along the skin. you allowed for that hand to dip under your pink panties and touch your clit, making you gasp. your eyes screwed shut, massaging figure eights on yourself. 
you felt hands on your hipbones and you snapped your eyes open, seeing richie lean over you. his fingers hooked under your panties and pulled them off of you, leaving your bottom half fully exposed to him. you continued to rub at your clit while he said, “I had to get those out of the way to see you, pretty girl.”
those words edged you on, bringing your fingers lower down to tease at your entrance. in one swift movement you were plunging two fingers into you, already slick with your wetness when you pulled them out and repeated the action. you took a peek at richie and saw that his mouth was open, palming himself through his pants. fuck, he’s so hot. you must be doing something right if you got him this worked up. 
your thumb pressed against your folds while you pumped in slowly, moaning loudly now that your mom wasn’t there to catch you. if you closed your eyes you could almost imagine that it was richie doing it, though him watching you was becoming one of the best things that’s ever happened to you. 
“richie,” you moaned out, looking at him. “please.” you kept pushing in and out while your hips rolled against your hand. you didn’t have to beg too much, because he was pulling off his shirt and undoing his belt and pushing his pants down at lighting speed. you could see his hard on right through his grey boxers, making that pit in your stomach get wider. the sheer fact that he wanted you made you go crazy. 
richie got on the bed, the motion of the bed dipping with his weight made you all too aware of what was about to come. his hand was swatting yours away from your entrance and he replaced it with his own, making you hiss out in pleasure at the two fingers that ran down your clit, then trailed down and plunged into you. his fingers were much bigger than your own, making your walls clenching around them that much more enjoyable. 
you were moaning his name and richie swore he could listen to that on repeat and he’d never get tired of it. his hand pulled away from yours and you watched as he pushed his boxers down off of him, grabbing himself and giving it a good few pumps. you gave him a look and tentatively grabbed his dick, repeating the motion that he had. your hands were so soft, so much better than his own that richie couldn’t control the low guttural moan that left him. your stomach was doing flips, licking your lips and waiting for him. 
“I don’t have a condom on me, y/n,” richie muttered, realizing that you two were fucked. if he knew that he would be fucking you today, he would’ve come a little bit more prepared. 
you grabbed him and kissed him again, pulling away and leaning your forehead against his own. “I'm on the pill, it’s okay,” you whispered, giving him an anxious smile. “bev went with me to get it a few months ago.” richie laughed, realizing that bev was more of a mother to you than your actual mother was. he nodded, taking a large breath. 
you unclipped your bra, throwing it across the room and laying on your back, waiting for him to do something, anything. you were so wet at this point at the thought of finally having sex with richie. your mother always virginity this really big thing, and to you it was. but you didn’t want to wait until marriage, you wanted richie and you wanted him now. 
richie aligned yourself with your entrance, pressing the tip just in a little bit and capturing you in a kiss as he pushed all the way in. his kisses helped soothe you through the feeling of him stretching you out. he was thick and tears welled up in your eyes at the pinging pain. he stalled in you for just a moment to let you adjust, then moved out and pushed in again. he felt like he was in heaven, you were the tightest thing that he had ever experienced and it took all in him not to just start fucking you as roughly as he could. 
“fuck, you’re so perfect,” richie spoke, pressing a kiss to your cheek and burying his face into the crook of your neck. your hands held his shoulders, squeezing them every once in a while when he hit just the right spot in you. at this point the pain was gone and it was replaced with earth shattering pleasure that you knew you’d never get tired of. his words brought heat to your cheeks, along with the dirty words that he whispered into your ear with every rut of his hips. 
your legs wrapped around his waist, heels digging into his lower back to keep him as close to you as you could. the pit in your stomach was growing from where it left off from richie’s and your own fingers, you knew you weren’t going to last long. a part of you felt embarrassed that you weren’t. then you remembered that you were with richie, someone who wouldn’t judge you for something like that. you trusted him, and felt safe in his arms. 
your moans became more high pitched and richie knew you were close, he pushed your legs up by their thighs and hit a different, deeper angle. a few thrusts later you were cumming in his arms, heaving in and out with your heart pounding against your ribcage uncontrollably. 
you mewled out as richie still rutted his hips against yours, the lewd sound making your face scrunch up. you rolled your hips in the motion of his and he moaned out, and when you did it again he was cumming inside you. you felt the hot liquid spurt and spread within you and the feeling made you make a small noise. once richie was done, he pulled out of you and watched as it spilled out of you. he felt dirty, fucking you in your pink frilly bed in the room with the scented candles. he loved it, however dirty it was. 
and you felt like you had rebelled against your mother in the crudest way you could, and got satisfied beyond belief by it. 
richie moved to get off the bed and you grabbed him by his wrist. “don’t go, please?” 
he laughed, leaning and kissing your hipbone. “I wouldn’t in a heartbeat sugar, I just have to get something to clean you off.” 
he moved all the way off and left the room towards the bathroom, and when he returned he wiped a towel in between your legs. you squirmed a little bit, still a little sensitive. while he was standing, he pulled his boxers up and got back on the bed with you. his arms wrapped around your body, snuggling into your side. 
a few minutes rolled by and richie looked to see your face as he asked, “why did you let me do it? I mean, instead of one of the other’s?”
“I like you richie,” you admitted. “I think that’s a little obvious.”
richie gave you a big toothy grin, shaking his head with a laugh. he didn’t even have to speak for you to know that he liked you too. he was finally yours, regardless of what anyone or your mother thought. 
yours.
292 notes · View notes
maybedefinitely404 · 4 years
Text
Day 24: Prinxiety
@tsshipmonth2020
Day 24: When you meet your soulmate for the first time, you get a brief flash-forward of your future.
Content warnings: character getting stabbed, blood, mugging, violence, storm mention, near death experience but he doesn’t die okay I couldn’t do that. 
While replaying SVS in my head at work, the line “I think he’s suggesting we beat someone up and rob their unconscious body” came up. Then little old me thought, yeah, that, but make it angsty. 
Word count: 3.3k
Roman hadn’t been knocked down by the first hit. It had stunned him, sure, but when faced with a fight or flight response, his instinct was to hit back, and hit hard. So even with his eyes throbbing in his skull and a drop of blood trailing down his neck, he spun around to the attacker and swung, elbow cracking neatly against his nose. 
The man was surprised, and for a second Roman thought he had the advantage. Until, that is, he recalled that a surprised person is a dangerous one. By that point, it was too late though, and his hands were already fumbling at the knife sticking out of his stomach. Why couldn’t he just have gone down easily?
The attacker must have pushed him farther into the alley he had sprung from, was Roman’s only thought, as he lay deadly still on the dirty New York concrete, his only sensation being the sickly warm pool of blood spreading out under him. It soaked through his shirt, an uncomfortable feeling that definitely shouldn’t be the worst thing about this situation, but he’d gone numb. He knew distantly that that was a bad thing, that the pain had started fading until it was as dim as the world around him had become, yet he couldn’t bring himself to care. He was dying. And that really should have alarmed him more. It was so peaceful, though, the way the streetlights blurred and shifted, the steady thrum of bass from a nearby building, his own shallow breathing.
As it was shown in every story, in all the movies, he kept waiting for his life to flash before his eyes. There were things he’d gladly see one more time; annoyed tiffs with his brother, building their treehouse, his mom planting a big kiss on his cheek on his first day of senior year. His college drama group, and their stupid shenanigans. Late night rehearsals at his first signed theatre company. Strangely, the closer he got to complete silence, the more annoyed he was that he couldn’t see it all one last time. Is that really so much to ask?
And then, all of the sudden, it was there. It was like settling into your seat in the movie theatre just as it began, reclining in a big chair and just watching it go by. However, his addled mind took far too long to realize this wasn’t in fact, his life. Or, anything he’d lived so far, that is. 
He saw a man standing before him, just barely shorter than him, with a reluctant grin on his face and a blush rising in his cheeks. The guy wasn’t anyone he knew, though; he’d remember such a gorgeous face. Their hands were softly intertwined as they stood on the roof of a building, outlined by the stars and a distant flickering of a candle. Then the scene changed. 
...
The man was sitting on the floor, hunched into the corner of a bedroom that Roman didn’t recognize. Like in a dream, he had no control over his actions as he lunged forward, dropping to his knees in front of his shaking form. He asked something, the exact words contorting in his brain until they were unintelligible mumbles, and the man nodded. In experienced movements, he wrapped his arms around his shoulders, running a hand through his hair and reminding him to breathe, that he’s okay. He felt a sense of protectiveness he hadn’t felt in a long time, pulling the curled up figure onto his lap until his breathing returned to normal. 
...
He was on the stage, a pretty typical place for him to be, but tonight it was different. The butterflies were absolutely nuts in his stomach, and he kept scanning the audience directly after songs, in those brief seconds of pure raging applause where he could just admire the crowd. Finally, he spotted what he was looking for; a lone person sitting near the front, grinning at him like he was a puppy and it was Christmas morning. The single expression on his face was one of pure admiration, and it somehow made the butterflies both completely dissolve and increase tenfold. 
...
Now they were in a park, walking side by side. His focus was carefully set on the path before them, focus switching between the gorgeous red leaves in the trees and the winding path. He recognized the park vaguely, as if he’d been there many times, and was mentally mapping out the best trail for them to go to. He wanted them to stop at the turtle pond, he knew that much. There was a pull on Roman’s arm and he looked down, heart melting at the wide grin the young girl between them was flashing. They were both holding one of her hands for balance as she toddled along, and apparently she’d tugged on both their hands, because they were both looking at her now.
“Swing me!” She giggled, using their support to keep her from falling as she lifted her feet off the ground, hopping in her best impression of a kangaroo. And how could they say no to that (they couldn’t), so they gave into her wishes, tightening their grips and counting down. On one, they both swung her forward and she exploded into shrieking laughter, not stopping until her feet were firmly on the ground once more.
“Again, again!”
...
She was older now, probably just starting school. They were in the same park as before, not that Roman could see much of it from his intense focus on the little girl, but he just knew. Her tongue was stuck out in concentration as she readjusted her elbow pads and helmet before they were perfect, and he gently held the back of her shirt as she shuffled her feet onto the pedals of the small bike. They lapped around the playground twice as she grew more confident, pedaling by herself, before Roman let go and she took off by herself.
“Dad, Papa, look! Look!” 
They both laughed quietly as she continued to shout in joy, riding her bike for the first time. The other man laid his head in Roman’s shoulder, and he felt as though his heart would burst.
...
Dropping her off at college was the hardest thing the two of them had ever done. Unlike every annoyed college student stereotype, she hugged them tightly and tried not to cry, promising to call every day. Roman didn’t even pretend to try and stop the tears that trailed down his cheeks as the other man drove them back home, rubbing his hand soothingly. 
“She’ll be okay.”
He couldn’t make out his own response, but he didn’t have to to know that it was positive. The man smiled lightly, pressing his hand to his lips and kissing it softly. 
...
It was early Sunday morning cuddles and three AM cookie batches. It was falling asleep on the couch after cliche rom coms wrapped in fuzzy blankets and pressed together like they couldn’t get enough of each other. It was electrifying first kisses and dreamy first dates and terrifying proposals and never ending bickering, but it always ended in giggling fits and kisses where they couldn’t stop smiling. It was holding the other as a storm raged outside, the thunder making him shake, and it was spontaneous lunch dates with their daughter. It was everything Roman wanted.
...
And everything he’d never have. 
As the visions faded, the world seemed just a tad clearer, and all the harsher. The knife in his stomach began to burn, white hot pain, as bad as when he’d first been stabbed. Every bone in his body screamed in agony, now the blood under him cooling and causing chills to spread through him. To his left, where the entrance to the alley was, there was some shuffling and a bright light burned through his eyelids, nearly making him flinch. He didn’t quite have the energy for that, though.
“Holy shit!”
---------------------------------------------------
Not often did Virgil walk downtown after it was dark, but when he did, he followed his own set of rules to a tee. Head down, peripheral vision on high alert, keys clutched between his fingers in his pocket. New York was hell after the sun went down, and today he had no choice but to walk the rarely trodden backroads to get home. The continuous shivers up his spine made his breath hitch, but his anxiety had gotten to the point where he couldn’t tell if it was an actual sixth sense warning or his brain deciding to panic out of sheer boredom. 
As he did when walking past every even subtly suspicious dark alley, he kept his head down but searched the abyss with his eyes, ever vigilant for oncoming attackers. He’d envisioned every possible bad scenario, every mugging and kidnapping possibility down to the minute details. What he hadn’t expected, however, was the sudden barrage of unrelated images that flooded across his vision, like a chopped up movie that he had no control over. 
He was looking up at a guy, maybe the handsomest he’d ever seen. His auburn hair glinted in the light of the candles set around the edge of the building, a nervous smile on his face as he showed the amazing view to him. It was beautiful, Virgil would admit, but he felt more at home in the man’s arms, more dazzled than anything the world could show him.
...
The cold grip of a panic attack was something Virgil was all too familiar with, and in his mind’s eye he could almost feel the tightness of his chest, the adrenaline pumping through him, the dizziness that every shuddered intake of breath caused. A voice called for him, somewhere else in the house, but he was unable to answer, pressing himself further into the wall to try and ground himself on something solid. 
There was a thud and rapid footsteps, but instead of pulling away as he expected himself to do, he felt drawn to it. An almost tearfully gentle voice asked if he could be touched right now and he nodded immediately, wanting nothing more than to not feel alone as he was collapsing in on himself. He was lifted into someone’s arms and he felt instinctively that it was the same man from the first vision, cradling him and hushing him softly. A hand carded through his hair and the panic receded bit by bit, leaving him feeling absolutely exhausted but just as safe. 
...
There was a stage before him, a grand thing with an even grander set. He was caged in by people on all sides, a fact that would usually cause those little ribbons of panic to start blooming in his chest, but he was so focussed on the actors that he didn’t have the energy. One in particular stood out to him, the lead character of the show, belting out perfect melodies with pitch perfect notes and taking on his character with no flaws. After a song, when he was taking a breather during the applause and scanning the audience, their eyes locked, and his character smile turned into one of real elation. And Virgil knew, he just knew, that this was a smile only he was privy to. 
...
There was a girl tugging at their hands. Virgil didn’t know her name, but he knew that he knew her, if only by the way his eyes never left her. He was protective of her, watching her every clumsy little step so she didn’t fall, with the man on her other side looking ahead, choosing their paths and watching for bikers. It was like a little unspoken agreement they had, and his skyrocketing anxiety appreciated that. She caught his watchful eye with a gap toothed smile, expression suddenly alight with a smile. The other man looked down to her as she tugged on his arm.  
“Swing me!”  
So they did. 
...
He hated this, but he knew deep down, if they didn’t teach her to ride her bike now, she’d never learn. She’d already been complaining that all her friends were riding bikes already. Even still, he’d refused to be the one to teach her, not wanting to be responsible for any scratched knees or broken arms or cracked skulls or-
He was gnawing on his fingernails as she fixed her helmet and elbow pads, drawing blood in his cuticle when she finally started moving. It was more of a restrained wobble, what with the man holding her steady, but to his equal horror and excitement, she got the hang of it quickly. It was barely two laps of the playground before she broke free of his grip, with an exuberant shout. 
“Dad, Papa, look! Look!”
The man stood next to him proudly, panting slightly from the run, and Virgil smiled, resting his head on the other’s shoulder as they watched their daughter. His anxiety immediately lessened as he placed a tender kiss on Virgil’s head.
...
She grew up far too quick for either of their likings; it seemed only yesterday that they were taking their baby girl home for the first time, when in fact they were now pulling up to her first college dorm. While he was generally the anxious one of the family, his partner was definitely the dramatic one. Not in a bad way (most of the time), but it was enough to know that Virgil would definitely need to be the strong one today. It wouldn’t help anyone if all three of them broke down. He offered to drive, since the other man was too tear clogged to even see the road.
He reached over and took his hand as they pulled out of the campus, letting his thumb rub over the knuckles.
“She’ll be okay.”
“I know. She has us as parents, duh. I just... miss her already.”
Virgil smiled, still keeping his stoic face on. He’d cry later. For now, in a move that was very much the other’s specialty, not his, he lifted their joined hands to his lips and kissed them. 
...
It was never ending hugs after hard days and midnight dance parties to old songs. It was learning new recipes in the kitchen and settling for take out when it all inevitably went downhill, and holding hands while brushing their teeth like they couldn’t get enough of each other. It was terrifying first kisses and nerve-wracking first dates and unforgettable proposals and never ending bickering, but it always ended in giggling fits and kisses where they couldn’t stop smiling. It was clutching onto the other as a storm raged outside, every lightning flash bringing new rounds of choked sobs (it was still scary, but for the first time in his life, he wasn’t alone), and it was dress shopping with their daughter for her first dance. It was everything Virgil wanted.
...
Everything he’d never thought he’d have. 
He blinked rapidly, his chest tightening. From all the stories he’d heard, that was definitely a soulmate vision. Meaning, he’d just seen his soulmate for the first time, but he hadn’t seen anyone. 
Had he? 
Squinting in the inky darkness, he peered down the alley he was passing. There was a lump on the ground, which could be a person, but could just as easily be a garbage bag. He very much hoped it was not a person, despite what that would mean for his confusing visions. He fumbled his phone out of his pocket, turning on the flashlight setting, and shone it towards the alley.
“Holy shit!” He yelped before he could stop himself, sprinting forward like his soulmate had in the vision and dropping to his knees, ignoring the way the man’s blood soaked through the legs of his jeans. “Holy shit. Holy shit. Oh god. Are you awake? Please don’t be dead, please don’t be dead.”
The man was still for a moment, unmoving, before he let out a low groan. His hand twitched by his side and Virgil immediately took it, social anxiety be damned. It was cold.
“Keep… I don’t know, keep breathing, okay? I’m gonna call an ambulance, just hang on. Don’t die, dude, I’m serious.” The two rings it took for the emergency operator to pick up the phone were the most tense seconds of Virgil’s life, and he almost started crying when a voice spoke from the other line.
“I need an ambulance,” He choked out, describing their location as best he could. The operator kept speaking to him, drilling in him to not touch the knife and to apply pressure around it, asking question after question, but her all-too-calm voice was too much for Virgil and he hung up. She'd already assured that an ambulance was coming, anyways. 
With shaking hands, he turned the flashlight back towards the man on the ground, apologizing when he squeezed his eyes tight at the light. His eyes were both swollen, an abundance of black and blue bruises bleeding down to his lips. He was wearing too much, and was too still, to tell if anything else was hurt on him (aside from the jarring knife, which Virgil was trying hard not to look at). Whether he was shaking from fear or pain, Virgil couldn’t identify. He apologized again, placing his phone on the ground and pushed in around the wound, trying to apply pressure without causing more damage.
His repeated apologies were unable to actually prevent any pain, though, and the moment he made significant contact, the man hissed loudly, eyes shooting wide open. 
“I’m sorry. Shit, I’m so sorry. Please don’t move,” Virgil stammered, shocked when the man actually gave a weak, blood stained smile.
“Don’ think... I could ‘f I... w’nted to,” He breathed, words slurring and breath stuttering. The rise and fall of his chest was so shallow, Virgil doubted he was getting any air at all.
“Don’t die, okay dude? It’s gonna look real bad on me if they get here and you’re dead,” Virgil blurted, letting the tiniest smidge of sarcasm into his voice. To his surprise, the man actually gave a small snort.
“Wouldn’t... w’nt you to look... guilty.”
“I’m glad we’re on the same page,” Virgil smiled shakily, adjusting his fingers lightly around the knife, wincing at the hiss of pain it elicited. “Sorry. What’s your name?”
“Roman,” He whispered as his eyelids began to flutter, eyes losing their brief focus.
“Hey, no no no. Look at me, Roman. My name’s Virgil.”
“V’rgil… Like that name.” Even through his increasing haziness, he was doing his best to listen to the instructions from the other man. Blinking rapidly, he tried to study the blurry face of the man above him. He could just make out his dark hair and eyes, and a faint purple shimmer across his lids. The other details were just a tan blob.
“Yeah, you’re probably the first. My mom thought it was unique, or whatever.”
“I like it.”
“I’m glad.”
“Can you stay with me?” Roman croaked, gaze flitting between the few features of the other’s face that he could see. “I don’t want to die alone.”
“You’re not going to die!” Virgil said vehemently, though his heart broke at the request. Did this guy really think he would just leave him as he was? “You can’t.”
“I’m scared,” Roman whispered, and in the dim light of the street lamps, Virgil could see the glossy tears filling his swollen eyes. 
“I know you are. I am, too. But I’m not leaving, okay? I’m staying here; I’m not leaving you alone. Stay awake for me, okay?” Virgil got a tiny nod in affirmation in response, and he shifted his hands again so he was pressing around the knife with only one. The other one was sticky with blood, but that wasn’t important, as he reached down and took Roman’s hand in his own. 
Roman kept his promise, as difficult as it was, and kept his eyes open and focused on Virgil until a flurry of sirens and flashing lights lit up the alley. 
77 notes · View notes